Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Transaxle & Transmission: Section

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 298

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE

TM
A

B
SECTION
TRANSAXLE & TRANSMISSION C

TM

E
CONTENTS
6MT: RS6F94R NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS F
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 18
PRECAUTION ............................................... 7 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ....................................18
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 7 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ........................ 19
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- M/T OIL .............................................................. 19
SIONER" ................................................................... 7 Inspection ................................................................19 H
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 7 Draining ...................................................................19
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Tran- Refilling ....................................................................19
saxle .......................................................................... 7 I
Liquid Gasket ............................................................ 8 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 20

PREPARATION ............................................ 9 SIDE OIL SEAL ................................................. 20


Removal and Installation .........................................20 J
PREPARATION ................................................... 9 Inspection ................................................................20
Special Service Tools ................................................ 9
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 11 POSITION SWITCH .......................................... 21 K
Removal and Installation .........................................21
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 14 Inspection ................................................................21

COMPONENT PARTS .......................................14 CONTROL LINKAGE ........................................ 22 L


Component Parts Location ...................................... 14 Exploded View .........................................................22
Removal and Installation .........................................22
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION .......................15 Inspection ................................................................26 M
Sectional View ......................................................... 15
System Description ................................................. 15 AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................... 27
Exploded View .........................................................27
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 17 Removal and Installation .........................................27 N

POSITION SWITCH ............................................17 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...... 28


BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH ........................................ 17 O
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ................................ 28
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH : Component Inspec- Exploded View .........................................................28
tion .......................................................................... 17 Removal and Installation .........................................28
Inspection ................................................................29 P
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH ........... 17
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ... 30
Component Inspection ............................................ 17
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ................................ 30
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS .............................. 18 Exploded View .........................................................30
Disassembly ............................................................35
Assembly .................................................................40

Revision: December 2015 TM-1 2016 Sentra NAM


Inspection ............................................................... 45 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ......................................... 73
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Lo-
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR ............................... 47 cation ...................................................................... 73
Exploded View ........................................................ 47 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : TCM ............................ 75
Disassembly ........................................................... 47 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : ROM Assembly .......... 75
Assembly ................................................................ 49 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range
Inspection ............................................................... 51 Switch ..................................................................... 75
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Speed Sen-
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR .................................. 53
sor ........................................................................... 76
Exploded View ........................................................ 53
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Speed
Disassembly ........................................................... 53
Sensor ..................................................................... 76
Assembly ................................................................ 55
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Output Speed Sensor... 77
Inspection ............................................................... 58
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : CVT Fluid Tempera-
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR ............. 59 ture Sensor ............................................................. 78
Exploded View ........................................................ 59 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure
Disassembly ........................................................... 59 Sensor ..................................................................... 78
Assembly ................................................................ 60 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure So-
Inspection ............................................................... 60 lenoid Valve ............................................................ 79
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Low Brake Solenoid
FINAL DRIVE ..................................................... 62 Valve ....................................................................... 79
Exploded View ........................................................ 62 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : High Clutch & Re-
Disassembly ........................................................... 62 verse Brake Solenoid Valve .................................... 80
Assembly ................................................................ 63 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter
Inspection ............................................................... 63 Clutch Solenoid Valve ............................................. 80
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Sole-
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS noid Valve ............................................................... 81
(SDS) ........................................................... 65 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : G Sensor .................... 81
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Overdrive Control
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Switch ..................................................................... 82
(SDS) .................................................................. 65 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : OD OFF Indicator
General Specifications ............................................ 65 Lamp ....................................................................... 82
CVT: RE0F11A CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Shift Position Indica-
tor ............................................................................ 83
PRECAUTION ............................................. 66
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .............................................. 83
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 66 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System tion .......................................................................... 83
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................. 66 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ...................... 85
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover... 66
TRANSAXLE ............................................................. 85
Liquid Gasket .......................................................... 66
TRANSAXLE : Cross-Sectional View ..................... 85
Precaution for TCM and Transaxle Assembly Re-
TRANSAXLE : Operation Status ............................. 86
placement ............................................................... 67
TRANSAXLE : Transaxle Mechanism .................... 86
Precaution for G Sensor Removal/Installation or
TRANSAXLE : Oil Pressure System ....................... 88
Replacement .......................................................... 67
TRANSAXLE : Component Description .................. 88
General Precautions ............................................... 68
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM ........ 89
Engine .................................................................... 69 FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM :
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit System Description ................................................. 89
Connector ............................................................... 69
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .............................................. 90
PREPARATION ........................................... 71 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : System Description ......... 90

PREPARATION ................................................. 71 KEY LOCK SYSTEM ................................................. 91


Special Service Tools ............................................. 71 KEY LOCK SYSTEM : System Description ............ 91
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 71
SYSTEM ............................................................ 92
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................ 73
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ......................................... 92
COMPONENT PARTS ....................................... 73 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram ......... 92

Revision: December 2015 TM-2 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description .... 93 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 141
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-Safe ..................... 94 A
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Protection control ........ 96 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
TCM ................................................................. 143
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL ................................... 97 Description ............................................................. 143
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Descrip- B
Work Procedure ..................................................... 143
tion .......................................................................... 98
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
SHIFT CONTROL ...................................................... 98 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY .............................. 145 C
SHIFT CONTROL : System Description ................. 99 Description ............................................................. 145
SELECT CONTROL ................................................ 100 Work Procedure ..................................................... 145
SELECT CONTROL : System Description ............ 101 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TM

LOCK-UP CONTROL .............................................. 101 CONTROL VALVE OR TRANSAXLE ASSEM-


LOCK-UP CONTROL : System Description .......... 102 BLY .................................................................. 148
Description ............................................................. 148 E
IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL .................................... 102 Work Procedure ..................................................... 148
IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL : System Description.. 103
CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR ...................... 151 F
ECO MODE CONTROL ........................................... 105 Description ............................................................. 151
ECO MODE CONTROL : System Description ...... 105 Work Procedure ..................................................... 151
SPORT MODE CONTROL ...................................... 105 STALL TEST ................................................... 152 G
SPORT MODE CONTROL : System Description.. 105
Work Procedure ..................................................... 152
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 106 LINE PRESSURE TEST .................................. 153
Description ............................................................ 106 H
Work Procedure ..................................................... 153
Function of OBD .................................................... 106
CVT POSITION ............................................... 154
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM) ........................... 107 Inspection .............................................................. 154 I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 107 Adjustment ............................................................. 154
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1 Trip Detection Di-
HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC ............ 155
agnosis and 2 Trip Detection Diagnosis ................ 107 J
Description ............................................................. 155
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and DTC of
1st Trip .................................................................. 107 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 156
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica- K
tor Lamp (MIL) ....................................................... 107 U0073 COMMUNICATION BUS A OFF ......... 156
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 107 DTC Logic .............................................................. 156
CONSULT Function .............................................. 109 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 156
L
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 115 U0100 LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM A) .... 157
DTC Logic .............................................................. 157
TCM .................................................................. 115 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157 M
Reference Value ................................................... 115
Fail-Safe ................................................................ 122 U0140 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM) ........ 158
Protection control .................................................. 125 DTC Logic .............................................................. 158
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 126 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158 N
DTC Index ............................................................. 127
U0141 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM A) .... 159
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 129 DTC Logic .............................................................. 159 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 159
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 129
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 129 U0155 LOST COMMUNICATION (IPC) .......... 160
DTC Logic .............................................................. 160 P
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................ 137 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 137
U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA .......... 161
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 140 DTC Logic .............................................................. 161
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 140
Work Flow ............................................................. 140 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 162

Revision: December 2015 TM-3 2016 Sentra NAM


Description .............................................................162 Component Inspection .......................................... 193
DTC Logic ..............................................................162
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................162 P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.. 194
DTC Logic ............................................................. 194
U1117 LOST COMMUNICATION (ABS) ......... 163 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 195
DTC Logic ..............................................................163 Component Inspection .......................................... 195
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................163
P0846 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
P062F EEPROM .............................................. 164 SEN/SW B ........................................................ 196
DTC Logic ..............................................................164 DTC Logic ............................................................. 196
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................164 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 196
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A . 165 P0847 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
DTC Logic ..............................................................165 SEN/SW B ........................................................ 198
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................165 DTC Logic ............................................................. 198
Component Inspection ...........................................169 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198
P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A . 171 P0848 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
DTC Logic ..............................................................171 SEN/SW B ........................................................ 200
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................171 DTC Logic ............................................................. 200
Component Inspection ...........................................173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200
P0711 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERA- P0863 TCM COMMUNICATION ....................... 202
TURE SENSOR A ............................................ 174 DTC Logic ............................................................. 202
DTC Logic ..............................................................174 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 202
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................177
Component Inspection ...........................................177 P0890 TCM ....................................................... 203
DTC Logic ............................................................. 203
P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERA- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203
TURE SENSOR A ............................................ 178
DTC Logic ..............................................................178 P0962 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.. 205
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................178 DTC Logic ............................................................. 205
Component Inspection ...........................................178 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
Component Inspection .......................................... 205
P0713 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERA-
TURE SENSOR A ............................................ 180 P0963 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.. 207
DTC Logic ..............................................................180 DTC Logic ............................................................. 207
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................180 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 207
Component Inspection ...........................................181 Component Inspection .......................................... 207

P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A .................. 182 P0965 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.. 209
DTC Logic ..............................................................182 DTC Logic ............................................................. 209
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................182 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209

P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR .................. 185 P0966 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.. 210
DTC Logic ..............................................................185 DTC Logic ............................................................. 210
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210
Component Inspection .......................................... 210
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER ....................... 188
DTC Logic ..............................................................188 P0967 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.. 212
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................189 DTC Logic ............................................................. 212
Component Inspection ...........................................189 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 212
Component Inspection .......................................... 212
P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER ....................... 190
DTC Logic ..............................................................190 P0998 SHIFT SOLENOID F ............................. 214
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................191 DTC Logic ............................................................. 214
Component Inspection ...........................................191 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214
Component Inspection .......................................... 215
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER ....................... 192
DTC Logic ..............................................................192 P0999 SHIFT SOLENOID F ............................. 216
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................193 DTC Logic ............................................................. 216
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 216

Revision: December 2015 TM-4 2016 Sentra NAM


Component Inspection .......................................... 217 Component Inspection (Park Position Switch) ...... 247
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 247 A
P099B SHIFT SOLENOID G ............................ 218
DTC Logic ............................................................. 218 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 248
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218
Component Inspection .......................................... 218 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ............................... 248 B
Symptom Table ..................................................... 248
P099C SHIFT SOLENOID G ............................ 220
DTC Logic ............................................................. 220 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 253 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 220
Component Inspection .......................................... 220 CVT FLUID ...................................................... 253
Inspection .............................................................. 253
P1586 G SENSOR ............................................ 222 Replacement ......................................................... 253 TM
DTC Logic ............................................................. 222 Adjustment ............................................................. 254
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 256 E
P1588 G SENSOR ............................................ 225
DTC Logic ............................................................. 225 CVT SHIFT SELECTOR .................................. 256
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 225 Exploded View ....................................................... 256
Removal and Installation ....................................... 256 F
P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B ................... 227 Inspection .............................................................. 258
DTC Logic ............................................................. 227
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 227 CONTROL CABLE .......................................... 259
G
Exploded View ....................................................... 259
P2857 CLUTCH A PRESSURE ....................... 230 Removal and Installation ....................................... 259
DTC Logic ............................................................. 230 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 262
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230 H
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE .............................. 263
P2858 CLUTCH B PRESSURE ....................... 232 Exploded View ....................................................... 263
DTC Logic ............................................................. 232 Removal and Installation ....................................... 263 I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232 Inspection .............................................................. 265

P2859 CLUTCH A PRESSURE ....................... 234 TCM ................................................................. 266


DTC Logic ............................................................. 234 Exploded View ....................................................... 266 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 235 Removal and Installation ....................................... 266
Adjustment ............................................................. 266
P285A CLUTCH B PRESSURE ....................... 236 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 236 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH ................ 267
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237 Exploded View ....................................................... 267
Removal and Installation ....................................... 267
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- Inspection .............................................................. 269 L
CUIT .................................................................. 238
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 238 AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................. 270
Exploded View ....................................................... 270 M
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH ................... 240 Removal and Installation ....................................... 270
Component Function Check .................................. 240
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240 G SENSOR ...................................................... 271
Component Inspection (Overdrive Control Switch) Exploded View ....................................................... 271 N
.. 241 Removal and Installation ....................................... 271
Adjustment ............................................................. 271
OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP ............................ 243 O
Component Function Check .................................. 243 OIL PAN, CONTROL VALVE ......................... 272
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243 Exploded View ....................................................... 272
Removal and Installation ....................................... 272
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT ......... 244 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 275 P
Component Parts Function Inspection .................. 244
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244 PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR ........................... 276
Exploded View ....................................................... 276
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 245 Removal and Installation ....................................... 276
Component Function Check .................................. 245 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 276
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid) ........ 247 SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR .................... 277

Revision: December 2015 TM-5 2016 Sentra NAM


Exploded View .......................................................277 ELECTRIC OIL PUMP ...................................... 290
Removal and Installation .......................................277 Exploded View ...................................................... 290
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................277 Removal and Installation ....................................... 290
Inspection .............................................................. 291
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ............................. 278
Exploded View .......................................................278 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ... 292
Removal and Installation .......................................278
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................278 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY .......................... 292
Exploded View ...................................................... 292
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL .................... 279 Removal and Installation ....................................... 292
Exploded View .......................................................279 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 294
Removal and Installation .......................................279
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................281 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .. 295
WATER HOSE ................................................. 282 TORQUE CONVERTER AND CONVERTER
Exploded View .......................................................282 HOUSING OIL SEAL ........................................ 295
Removal and Installation .......................................282 Exploded View ...................................................... 295
Inspection ..............................................................283 Disassembly .......................................................... 295
Assembly .............................................................. 295
PLUG ............................................................... 285 Inspection .............................................................. 296
Description .............................................................285
Exploded View .......................................................285 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Removal and Installation .......................................285 (SDS) ......................................................... 297
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................286
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
CVT OIL WARMER .......................................... 287 (SDS) ................................................................ 297
Exploded View .......................................................287
General Specification ............................................ 297
Removal and Installation .......................................287
Shift Characteristics .............................................. 297
Inspection ..............................................................287
Stall Speed ............................................................ 297
CVT FLUID FILTER ......................................... 288 Line Pressure ........................................................ 297
Exploded View .......................................................288 Torque Converter .................................................. 298
Removal and Installation .......................................288 Heater Thermostat ................................................ 298
Inspection ..............................................................289

Revision: December 2015 TM-6 2016 Sentra NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [6MT: RS6F94R]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012787371

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: TM
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the H
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000012787372
J
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. to prevent damage to
windshield. K

M
PIIB3706J

Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transaxle INFOID:0000000012787373


N
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). Because CSC slides back to the original position
every time when removing transaxle assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage O
a seal of CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-16, "Removal and Installation".
• Do not reuse transaxle gear oil, once it has been drained.
• Check oil level or replace gear oil with vehicle on level surface. P
• During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt.
• Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are
required, be certain they never interfere with the function of the parts they are applied.
• In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to out-
side. If tightening sequence is specified, use it.
• Do not damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.

Revision: December 2015 TM-7 2016 Sentra NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000012787374

REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING


• After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and
remove the liquid gasket using Tool (A).

Tool Number (A): KV10111100 (J-37228)


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
• In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer to
lightly tap (1) the cutter where the liquid gasket is applied. Use a
plastic hammer to slide (2) the cutter by tapping on the side.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the mating surfaces. AWBIA1249GB

LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE


1. Using suitable tool (A), remove old liquid gasket adhering to the
liquid gasket application surface and the mating surface.
• Remove liquid gasket completely from the groove of the liquid
gasket application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes.
2. Wipe the liquid gasket application surface and the mating sur-
face with white gasoline (lighting and heating use) to remove
adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials.

JPBIA0053ZZ

3. Attach liquid gasket tube using suitable tool.


Use Genuine Liquid Gasket or equivalent.
4. Apply liquid gasket without gaps to the specified location accord-
ing to the specified dimensions.
• If there is a groove for liquid gasket application, apply liquid
gasket to the groove.

EMA0622D

• As for bolt holes (B), normally apply liquid gasket inside the
holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes.
Check to read the text of this manual.

(A) : Groove
: Inside

• Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mat-


ing component.
• If liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately.
• Do not retighten mounting bolts or nuts after the installation.
• After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill JPBIA0010ZZ

engine oil and engine coolant.


CAUTION:
If there are specific instructions in this manual, observe them.

Revision: December 2015 TM-8 2016 Sentra NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000012787375
B
The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.) C
Tool name
KV381054S0 Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race
(J-34286) TM
Puller

ZZA0601D

KV38100200 • Installing mainshaft front bearing outer race F


( — ) • Installing mainshaft rear bearing outer race
Drift • Installing differential side bearing outer race
(clutch housing side)
G
a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.

ZZA1143D
H

ST33220000 Installing input shaft oil seal


( — ) a: 37 mm (1.46 in) dia.
Drift b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia. I
c: 22mm (0.87in) dia.

ZZA1046D

ST33400001 Installing differential side bearing outer race


K
(J-26082) (transaxle case side)
Drift a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
L

ZZA0814D
M
KV32500QAA Installing differential side oil seal
( — ) 1. —
(Renault SST: B.vi 1666) (Stamping number: B.vi 1666-A)
Drift set Drift N
a: 54.3 mm (2.138 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 26.6 mm (1.047 in) dia.
2. —
O
(Stamping number: B.vi 1666-B)
Drift
JPDIC0730ZZ d: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia. P
e: 48.6 mm (1.913 in) dia.
f: 26.6 mm (1.047 in) dia.

Revision: December 2015 TM-9 2016 Sentra NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.)
Tool name
ST36720030 • Installing input shaft rear bearing
( — ) • Installing mainshaft front bearing inner race
Drift a: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia.
b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
c: 29 mm (1.14 in) dia.

ZZA0978D

ST33052000 • Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race


( — ) • Removing 6th main gear
Drift • Removing 5th main gear
• Removing 4th main gear
• Removing 1st main gear
• Removing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub as-
sembly
• Removing 2nd main gear
• Removing bushing
• Removing 3rd main gear
ZZA0969D
• Removing mainshaft front bearing inner
race
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
KV32102700 • Installing bushing
( — ) • Installing 2nd main gear
Drift • Installing 3rd main gear
• Installing 4th main gear
• Installing 5th main gear
• Installing 6th main gear
a: 48.6 mm (1.913 in) dia.
b: 41.6 mm (1.638 in) dia.
S-NT065

ST30901000 Installing mainshaft rear bearing inner race


(J-26010-01) a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
Drift b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.

ZZA0978D

ST33061000 Removing differential side bearing inner race


(J-8107-2) (clutch housing side)
Drift a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.

ZZA0969D

KV32300QAM Removing and installing input shaft rear bear-


( — ) ing mounting bolt
(Renault SST: B.vi 1823)
Drift

PCIB2078J

Revision: December 2015 TM-10 2016 Sentra NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000012787376

Tool name Description


Socket Removing and installing drain plug B
a: 8 mm (0.31 in)
b: 5 mm (0.20 in)

PCIB1776E TM
Spacer Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race
a: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
b: 25 mm (0.98 in) E

F
PCIB1780E

Drift Installing bushing


a: 17 mm (0.67 in) dia. G

S-NT063
I
Drift Removing input shaft rear bearing
a: 24 mm (0.94 in) dia.

K
PCIB1779E

Drift Installing input shaft front bearing


a: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia. L

S-NT065

Drift • Installing input shaft rear bearing N


• Removing differential side bearing inner
race (transaxle case side)
a: 43 mm (1.69 in) dia.
O

NT109 P

Revision: December 2015 TM-11 2016 Sentra NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Tool name Description
Drift Installing differential side bearing inner race
(clutch housing side)
a: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
b: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia.

S-NT474

Drift Installing differential side bearing inner race


(transaxle case side)
a: 52 mm (2.05 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.

S-NT474

Puller • Removing differential side bearing inner


race (clutch housing side)
• Removing differential side bearing inner
race (transaxle case side)

NT077

Puller • Removing differential side bearing inner


race (clutch housing side)
• Removing differential side bearing inner
race (transaxle case side)
• Removing input shaft rear bearing
• Removing input shaft front bearing
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race
• Removing 6th main gear
• Removing 4th main gear
• Removing 5th main gear
• Removing 1st main gear
• Removing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub as-
ZZB0823D
sembly
• Removing 2nd main gear
• Removing 3rd main gear
• Removing mainshaft front bearing inner
race

Remover • Removing bushing


• Removing mainshaft rear bearing outer
race

S-NT134

Revision: December 2015 TM-12 2016 Sentra NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Tool name Description
A
Sliding hammer Removing bushings and seals

C
ZZA0023D

Power tool Loosening nuts, screws and bolts

TM

PIIB1407E

Revision: December 2015 TM-13 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [6MT: RS6F94R]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012787377

JSDIA3670ZZ

A. Transaxle assembly

No. Component Function


• It detects that the transaxle is in neutral.
1. Position switch
• It detects that the transaxle is in reverse.

Revision: December 2015 TM-14 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Sectional View INFOID:0000000012787378

TM

JPDIC0631ZZ

N
1. 3rd input gear 2. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly 3. 4th input gear
4. 5th input gear 5. 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly 6. 6th input gear
7. Transaxle case 8. 6th main gear 9. 5th main gear O
10. 4th main gear 11. 3rd main gear 12. 2nd main gear
13. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly 14. 1st main gear 15. Differential
16. Final gear 17. Mainshaft 18. Input shaft P
19. Clutch housing 20. Reverse idler shaft 21. Reverse input gear
22. Reverse output gear

System Description INFOID:0000000012787379

TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER

Revision: December 2015 TM-15 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Triple-cone synchronizers are adopted for the 1st and the 2nd gears
to reduce operating force of the shifter lever.

1. : 1st main gear


2. : 1st-2nd coupling sleeve
3. : Insert key
4. : Outer baulk ring
5. : 2nd main gear
6. : Synchronizer cone
7. : Inner baulk ring
SCIA7636E
8. : 1st-2nd synchronizer hub

REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD)


Reverse gear assembly consists of reverse input gear, return spring,
reverse baulk ring, and reverse output gear. When the shifter lever is
moved to the reverse position, the construction allows smooth shift
operation by stopping the reverse idler shaft rotation by frictional
force of synchronizer.

1. : Reverse fork rod


2. : Reverse output gear
3. : Return spring
4. : Reverse baulk ring
5. : Reverse input gear SCIA7621E

Revision: December 2015 TM-16 2016 Sentra NAM


POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: RS6F94R]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
POSITION SWITCH
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
B
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787380

1.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH C


1. Disconnect position switch harness connector. Refer to TM-21, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check continuity between position switch terminals.
TM
Terminals Condition Continuity
Reverse gear position Existed
1 2 E
Except reverse gear position Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Replace position switch. Refer to TM-21, "Removal and
Installation".
PCIB1781E

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH G

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787381

H
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
1. Disconnect position switch harness connector. Refer to TM-21, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check continuity between position switch terminals. I

Terminals Condition Continuity


Neutral gear position Existed
J
2 3
Except neutral gear position Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace position switch. Refer to TM-21, "Removal and
Installation". L
JPDIC0091ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-17 2016 Sentra NAM


NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: RS6F94R]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000012787382

Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If nec-
essary, repair or replace these parts.

SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn)

BAULK RING (Worn or damaged)


SUSPECTED PARTS
(Possible cause)

BEARING (Worn or damaged)


OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)

INSERT SPRING (Damaged)


O-RING (Worn or damaged)

GEAR (Worn or damaged)


GASKET (Damaged)
OIL (Oil level is high)

SHIFT FORK (Worn)


OIL (Oil level is low)

OIL (Wrong oil)

TM-30, "Exploded View"

TM-30, "Exploded View"

TM-30, "Exploded View"


TM-19, "Inspection"

TM-26, "Inspection"

Reference

Noise 1 2 3 3
Oil leaks 3 1 2 2 2
Symptoms
Hard to shift or will not shift 1 1 2 3 3
Jumps out of gear 1 2 2

Revision: December 2015 TM-18 2016 Sentra NAM


M/T OIL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [6MT: RS6F94R]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
M/T OIL
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787383
B

OIL LEAKAGE
Make sure that gear oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it. C
OIL LEVEL
1. Remove filler plug (1) and gasket from transaxle case.
TM
2. Check the oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking oil level.
3. Set a gasket on filler plug and then install it to transaxle case. E
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
4. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30, F
"Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not overtighten the filler plug as this could cause the SCIA7623E
G
transaxle case to crack.
Draining INFOID:0000000012787384

H
1. Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle.
2. Stop engine. Remove drain plug (1) and gasket, using a suitable
tool and then drain gear oil. I
3. Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to clutch housing, using
a suitable tool.
CAUTION: J
Do not reuse gasket.
4. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30,
"Exploded View".
K
CAUTION:
Do not overtighten the filler plug as this could cause the
transaxle case to crack. SCIA7622E

L
Refilling INFOID:0000000012787385

1. Remove filler plug (1) and gasket from transaxle case.


M
2. Fill with new gear oil until oil level reaches the specified limit at
filler plug mounting hole as shown.
N
Oil grade and : Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and Lubricants".
viscosity
Oil capacity : Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and Lubricants". O
3. After refilling gear oil, check the oil level. Refer to TM-19,
"Inspection".
4. Set a gasket on filler plug and then install it to transaxle case. SCIA7623E
P
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
5. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not overtighten the filler plug as this could cause the transaxle case to crack.

Revision: December 2015 TM-19 2016 Sentra NAM


SIDE OIL SEAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


SIDE OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787386

REMOVAL
1. Remove front drive shafts. Refer to FAX-18, "6M/T : Removal and Installation (LH)".
2. Remove differential side oil seals (1) from clutch housing and
transaxle case using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case and clutch housing.

SCIA7625E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Install differential side oil seals (1) to clutch housing and transaxle case, using Tools.

Tool number : KV32500QAA


Tool number : B.vi 1666-B

(A) : Transaxle case side


(B) : Clutch housing side

Dimension (L1) : 1.2 – 1.8 mm (0.047 – 0.071 in)


Dimension (L2) : 2.7 – 3.3 mm (0.106 – 0.130 in)
JPDIC0454ZZ
CAUTION:
• Do not incline differential side oil seal.
• Do not damage clutch housing and transaxle case.
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787387

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check the oil level and oil leaks. Refer to TM-19, "Inspection".

Revision: December 2015 TM-20 2016 Sentra NAM


POSITION SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
POSITION SWITCH
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787388

REMOVAL B
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-74, "Removal and Installation (Battery)".
2. Disconnect position switch harness connector.
C
3. Remove position switch from transaxle case.
INSTALLATION
1. Apply recommended sealant to threads of position switch. TM
• Use Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or an equivalent. Refer to GI-22, "Recommended
Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
E
Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
2. Install position switch to transaxle case.
3. Tighten position switch to the specified torque. Refer to TM-30, "Exploded View".
F
4. For the next step and after, install in the reverse order of removal.
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787389

G
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check continuity between position switch terminals. Refer to TM-17, "BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH : Compo-
nent Inspection" (Back-up lamp switch) and TM-17, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH : Compo- H
nent Inspection" (PNP switch).
• Check the oil leaks. Refer to TM-19, "Inspection".
I

Revision: December 2015 TM-21 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL LINKAGE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
CONTROL LINKAGE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787390

JPDIC0856GB

1. Bracket 2. Shifter cable 3. Selector lever


4. Shift lever 5. Tapping bolt 6. M/T cable mounting bracket
7. Selector cable 8. Grommet 9. Shift selector assembly
10. Shift selector 11. Shift selector knob

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787391

REMOVAL
1. Move the shift selector to the neutral position.
2. Remove air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the battery tray and battery support brackets. Refer to PG-74, "Removal and Installation (Bat-
tery)".

Revision: December 2015 TM-22 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL LINKAGE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
4. Disconnect the each cable from the shifter lever A (B) and the
selector lever (A) using a suitable tool. A

ALDIA0380ZZ

TM
5. While pressing the lock of the selector cable in the direction of
the arrow shown, remove the selector cable from the M/T cable
bracket.
E
6. While pressing the lock of the shifter cable in the direction of the
arrow shown, remove the shifter cable from the M/T cable
bracket.
F
7. Remove M/T cable bracket from transaxle case.

G
JPDIC0793ZZ

8. Remove the center console side finishers (1) (LH/RH). H


a. Remove the center console side finisher screw (A) (LH/RH).
b. Release the clips using a suitable tool, then remove the center
console side finisher. I
: Metal clip

ALJIA1037ZZ K

9. Remove the CVT/MT shift selector finisher (1).


a. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-20, "Removal and Installation - L
Cluster Lid C".
b. Remove the CVT/MT shift selector screws (A).
c. Release the clips using a suitable tool, then remove the CVT/MT M
shift selector finisher.
: Metal clip
N

ALJIA1038ZZ

O
10. Pull out and disconnect the shifter cable from the pin of the shift selector assembly using a suitable tool.

Revision: December 2015 TM-23 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL LINKAGE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
11. Pull up the cable stopper (A) of the selector cable in the direction
of the arrow as shown.
12. Pull out and disconnect the selector cable from the pin of the
shift selector assembly, using a suitable tool.

JPDIC0833ZZ

13. While pressing the lock of the selector cable in the direction of
the arrow shown, remove the selector cable from the shift selec-
tor assembly.
14. While pressing the lock of the shifter cable in the direction of the
arrow shown, remove the shifter cable from the shift selector
assembly.
15. Remove the shift selector assembly.

JPDIC0793ZZ

16. Remove the tunnel stay (1).

: Front

JSDIA3657ZZ

17. Remove exhaust front tube and sub muffler. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation".

18. Remove the heat plate fixtures (A).

: Front

19. Remove the shift cable and selector cable from the bracket.

AWDIA1074ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-24 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL LINKAGE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
20. Disengage the pawls (A) of the grommet (1), and pull down-
wards to remove. A
21. Remove the shifter cable and selector cable from the vehicle.

JPDIC0844ZZ

TM
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Install each cable without causing interference with other parts, a 120 mm (4.72 in)-or-less bend, and E
a 180-degrees-or-more twist.
• Install boot of each cable without causing interference with other parts and a 90-degrees-or-more
twist. F
• Fit boot of to center console assembly the groove on shift selector knob.
• To install the shift selector knob, press it into the shift selector.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse shift selector knob. G
• Be careful with orientation of shift selector knob.
• Tapping work for tapping bolts is not applied to new transaxle case. Do not perform tapping by other than
screwing tapping bolts because tapping is formed by screwing tapping bolts into transaxle case. H
CAUTION:
Do not reuse tapping bolt.
• Insert the each cable until it reaches the cable mounting bracket and shift selector assembly.
• Insert the each cable until it reaches the shifter lever A and the selector lever. I
• Move the shift selector to the neutral position.
• Install the shifter cable (1) and the selector cable (2) to the bracket
(3) as shown. J

JPDIC0836ZZ

M
Install the selector cable (the shift selector assembly side), as per the following procedure.

When shift selector is replaced:


N
1. Install the selector cable to the shift selector assembly.
2. Move the shift selector to the neutral position.
3. Install the shift selector stopper (A) to the shift selector assembly
as shown. O
CAUTION:
Selector cable cannot be adjusted accurately without using
the shift selector stopper. P
4. Check that the shift selector does not move in a back and forth
direction. If it moves, repeat the installation of the shift selector
stopper to the shift selector assembly.

JPDIC0831ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-25 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL LINKAGE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
5. Insert the cable stopper (A) until it reaches the selector cable.
6. Remove the shift selector stopper from the shift selector assem-
bly.
7. Move the shift selector to each gear position to check that there
are no bindings. If any, repeat the installation of the shift selector
stopper to the shift selector assembly.

JPDIC0832ZZ

When shift selector assembly is not replaced:


1. Install the selector cable to the shift selector assembly.
2. Move the shift selector to the 4th gear position.
3. Adjust the length (L) between the cable stopper (A) and the shift
selector to the standard value.

Length (L) : 3.51 – 4.11 mm (0.1382 – 0.1618 in)

JPDIC0834ZZ

4. Insert the stopper (A) until it reaches the selector cable.


5. Move the shift selector to each gear position to check that there
are no bindings. If any, repeat the adjustment of the length
between the cable stopper and the shift selector.

JPDIC0832ZZ

Inspection INFOID:0000000012787392

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Shift selector Knob
Check that the shift selector knob is installed in the right position.
Shifter Cable and Selector Cable
• Pull each cable in the removal direction to check that it dose not disconnect from the cable mounting
bracket.
• Pull each cable in the removal direction to check that it dose not disconnect from the shift selector assembly.
• Pull grommet in the removal direction to check that it dose not disconnect from the vehicle.
Shift Selector Assembly and shift selector
• Check that there is no tangle, hook, abnormal sound, looseness, and interference when the shifter selector
is moved to each position. If there is a malfunction, then repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
• Check that the shifter selector smoothly returns to the neutral position after moving the shift selector from 1st
to 2nd gear and moving hands off the shift selector. If there is a malfunction, then repair or replace the mal-
functioning part.
• Check that the shift selector smoothly returns to the neutral position after moving the lever from 5th to 6th
gear and moving hands off the shift selector. If there is a malfunction, then repair or replace the malfunction-
ing part.
Revision: December 2015 TM-26 2016 Sentra NAM
AIR BREATHER HOSE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
AIR BREATHER HOSE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787393

TM

G
JSDIA3636ZZ

1. Clip 2. Air breather hose 3. 2 way connector


H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787394

REMOVAL I
1. Remove air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove clips (1).
J
: Front

3. Remove air breather hose from the 2 way connector. K


CAUTION:
When removing air breather hose, be sure to hold 2 way
connector securely.
L

JPDIC0839ZZ
M
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Install air breather hose, preventing crush and clogging caused by bending. N
• Insert the allowance of air breather hose to the spool of the 2 way connector.
• Install air breather hose to the 2 way connector with the paint mark faced forward of the vehicle.
• Securely engage the clips in the hole. O
• Do not reuse clip.

Revision: December 2015 TM-27 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787395

JPDIC0137ZZ

Transaxle assembly Refer to INSTALLATION


1.

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787396

WARNING:
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter turn to
allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by turning it all the way.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). The CSC slides back to the original position every time
the transaxle assembly is removed. This action may allow dust or contaminants to gather on the slid-
ing parts and damage a seal of CSC causing clutch fluid leakage.
NOTE:
When removing components such as hoses, tubes/lines, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid from spill-
ing.
REMOVAL
1. Remove the engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-82, "M/T : Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the reverse lamp switch harness connector.
3. Remove the bolts that fasten the transaxle assembly and engine assembly.
4. Remove transaxle assembly from the engine assembly.
5. Remove engine mounting bracket (LH). Refer to EM-82, "M/T : Exploded View".
6. Remove CSC. Refer to CL-16, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• When replacing an engine or transaxle you must make sure any dowels are installed correctly during
re-assembly
• The transaxle assembly must not interfere with the wire harnesses and clutch tube.

Revision: December 2015 TM-28 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
• Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drive
train components. A
• When installing transaxle assembly, do not bring input shaft into contact with clutch cover.
• Tapping work for tapping bolts is not applied to new transaxle case. Do not perform tapping by other
than screwing tapping bolts because tapping is formed by screwing tapping bolts into transaxle
B
case.

Tighten transaxle assembly mounting bolts to the specified torque. As shown viewing from
the engine. C
Bolt symbol (A) (B)
Insertion direction Transaxle to engine Engine to transaxle
TM
Quantity 3 6
Bolt length
60 (2.36) 50 (1.97)
“ ” mm (in)
E
Tightening torque
62.0 (6.3, 46)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
JPDIC0837ZZ
F
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787397

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION G


• Check the operation of the control linkage. Refer to TM-26, "Inspection".
• Check the oil level and for oil leaks. Refer to TM-19, "Inspection".
H

Revision: December 2015 TM-29 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]

UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787398

CASE AND HOUSING

JPDIC0437GB

1. Filler plug 2. Gasket 3. Transaxle case


4. Bushing 5. Snap ring 6. Oil channel
7. Oil gutter 8. Position switch 9. Bracket
10. Differential side oil seal 11. Magnet 12. Drain plug
13. Input shaft oil seal 14. Clutch housing 15. 2 way connector
16. Plug 17. Pinion shaft 18. Pinion gear

SHAFT AND GEAR

Revision: December 2015 TM-30 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]

TM

JPDIC0407GB
K

1. Input shaft front bearing 2. Input shaft 3. 3rd input gear


4. Spacer 5. Snap ring 6. 3rd baulk ring L
7. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve 8. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub 9. Insert key
10. 4th baulk ring 11. 4th input gear 12. 5th input gear
13. 5th baulk ring 14. 5th-6th coupling sleeve 15. 5th-6th synchronizer hub M
16. 6th baulk ring 17. Needle bearing 18. 6th input gear
19. Input shaft rear bearing A. First step B. Final step
N

Revision: December 2015 TM-31 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]

SFIA3293E

1. Mainshaft front bearing outer race 2. Mainshaft front bearing inner race 3. Mainshaft
4. 1st main gear 5. 1st inner baulk ring 6. 1st synchronizer cone
7. 1st outer baulk ring 8. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 9. Insert key
10. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 11. 2nd outer baulk ring 12. 2nd synchronizer cone
13. 2nd inner baulk ring 14. 2nd main gear 15. Bushing
16. 3rd main gear 17. Mainshaft adjusting shim 18. 4th main gear
19. 5th main gear 20. 6th main gear 21. Mainshaft rear bearing inner race
Mainshaft rear bearing outer race Snap ring Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting
22. 23. 24.
shim

Revision: December 2015 TM-32 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]

TM

I
JPDIC0425GB

1. Reverse output gear 2. Snap ring 3. Reverse baulk ring


J
4. Return spring 5. Needle bearing 6. Seal washer
7. Reverse idler shaft 8. Spacer 9. Reverse input gear
10. Lock washer 11. Spring washer
K
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD

Revision: December 2015 TM-33 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]

JPDIC0603ZZ

1. Shifter lever A 2. Shifter lever B 3. Retaining pin


4. Selector 5. Selector lever 6. Reverse fork rod
7. 1st-2nd fork rod 8. Fork rod

FINAL DRIVE

Revision: December 2015 TM-34 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]

TM

H
JPDIC0424GB

1. Shim 2. Differential side bearing outer race 3. Differential side bearing inner race
(transaxle case side) (transaxle case side) I
4. Final gear 5. Differential case 6. Differential side bearing inner race
(clutch housing side)
7. Differential side bearing outer race J
(clutch housing side)

Disassembly INFOID:0000000012787399
K
1. Remove drain plug and gasket from clutch housing, using a suitable tool and drain gear oil.
2. Remove filler plug and gasket from transaxle case.
L
3. Remove selector lever (1) retaining pin with a pin punch to
remove selector lever.
4. Remove bracket (2) and position switch (3) from transaxle case.
M

O
PCIB1693E

Revision: December 2015 TM-35 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
5. Remove transaxle case bolts ( ).

PCIB1694E

6. Remove reverse idler shaft bolt ( ) and sealing washer.

PCIB1695E

7. Remove transaxle case (2) while rotating shifter lever A (1) in


the direction as shown.

JPDIC0444ZZ

8. Remove selector spring (1) from return bushing (A).

JPDIC0445ZZ

9. Shift 1st-2nd fork rod (1), fork rod (2), and reverse fork rod (3) to
the neutral position.
10. Remove selector (4) from clutch housing.

PCIB1698E

Revision: December 2015 TM-36 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
11. Remove reverse idler shaft assembly (1), with the following pro-
cedure. A
a. Pull up input shaft assembly (2), mainshaft assembly (3), fork
rod (4), and 1st-2nd fork rod (5).
NOTE: B
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft
side.
b. Remove reverse idler shaft assembly and reverse fork rod (6) C
from clutch housing.
12. Remove spring washer from clutch housing.
JPDIC0606ZZ
TM
13. Pull up and remove input shaft assembly (1), mainshaft assem-
bly (2), fork rod (3), and 1st-2nd fork rod (4) from clutch housing.
NOTE: E
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft
side.
F

G
JPDIC0607ZZ

14. Remove final drive assembly (1) from clutch housing. H


15. Remove magnet from clutch housing.

PCIB1703E K

16. Remove differential side oil seals (1) from clutch housing and
transaxle case.
CAUTION: L
Do not damage clutch housing and transaxle case.
Do not reuse differential side oil seal.
M

PCIB1704E

17. Remove differential side bearing outer race (1) from clutch hous- O
ing, using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing. P

PCIB1716E

Revision: December 2015 TM-37 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
18. Remove differential side bearing outer race (1) from transaxle
case, using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage transaxle case.
19. Remove shim (2) from transaxle case.

PCIB1705E

20. Remove shifter lever A (1) retaining pin, using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pin.
21. Remove shifter lever A from transaxle case.

JPDIC0106ZZ

22. Remove shifter lever B (1) from transaxle case.

PCIB1712E

23. Remove oil gutter (1) from transaxle case.

PCIB1707E

24. Remove bushings (1) from transaxle case, using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse bushings.

PCIB1710E

Revision: December 2015 TM-38 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
25. Remove mainshaft rear bearing outer race from transaxle case,
using a suitable tool. A
26. Remove mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim from transaxle
case.
B

PCIB1706E
TM
27. Remove snap ring (1) and oil channel (2) from transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring or oil channel. E

G
PCIB1708E

28. Remove input shaft oil seal (1) from clutch housing, using a suit- H
able tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch housing.
Do not reuse input shaft oil seal. I

PCIB1714E K

29. Remove mainshaft front bearing outer race (1) from clutch hous-
ing, using Tool (A) and a suitable tool (B).
L

Tool number (A) : KV381054S0 (J-34286)


30. Remove oil channel (2) from clutch housing. M
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil channel.
N

JPDIC0107ZZ

31. Remove bushings (1) from clutch housing, using a suitable tool. O
CAUTION:
Do not reuse bushings.
P

PCIB1717E

Revision: December 2015 TM-39 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
32. Remove 2 way connector (1) from clutch housing.

PCIB1720E

Assembly INFOID:0000000012787400

1. Install 2 way connector (1) to clutch housing.

PCIB1720E

2. Install bushings (1) so that they becomes even with clutch hous-
ing surface, using suitable tool (A).
3. Install oil channel to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil channel.

JPDIC0108ZZ

4. Install mainshaft front bearing outer race to clutch housing using


Tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
front bearing inner race as a set.
Do not reuse mainshaft front bearing inner or outer race.

Tool number (A) : KV38100200 ( — )

PCIB1724E

5. Install input shaft oil seal (1) to clutch housing using the Tool (A).

Revision: December 2015 TM-40 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]

Tool number (A) : ST33220000 ( — ) A

PCIB1721E

TM
6. Install snap ring (1) and oil channel (2) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
• Select and install snap ring that has the same thickness
as previous one. E
• Replace transaxle assembly when replacing transaxle
case.
7. Install mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim to transaxle case. F
CAUTION:
Select mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, with the fol-
lowing procedure when replacing mainshaft adjusting
G
shim, 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear. PCIB1729E
• Replace mainshaft adjusting shim.
- If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thinner than previous one, offset the thickness difference by
selecting thicker mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim. H
- If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thicker than previous one, offset the thickness difference by
selecting thinner mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
• Replace 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear. I
- Measure the thickness of the main gear used before and the new main gear
- Increase the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is smaller
than 0.025 mm (0.0010 in).
- Decrease the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is greater J
than 0.025 mm (0.0010 in).

8. Install mainshaft rear bearing outer race to transaxle case using K


suitable tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft rear bearing outer race and mainshaft
rear bearing inner race as a set. L

Tool number : KV38100200 ( — )


M

PCIB1728E N
9. Install bushings (1) to transaxle case, using suitable tool (A).

JPDIC0109ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-41 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
10. Install oil gutter (1) to transaxle case.

PCIB1730E

11. Install shifter lever B (1) to transaxle case.


CAUTION:
Replace shifter lever A and shifter lever B as a set.
12. Install shifter lever A to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Replace shifter lever A and shifter lever B as a set.

PCIB1712E

13. Install retaining pin to shifter lever A (1) using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pin.
14. Install shim to transaxle case.

BCIA0047E

15. Install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side)
to transaxle case, using Tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) and differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) as a set.
Do not reuse differential side bearing inner or outer race.

Tool number : ST33400001 (J-26082)

PCIB1726E

16. Install differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) to
clutch housing, using Tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side) and differential side bearing inner race (clutch hous-
ing side) as a set.
Do not reuse differential side bearing inner or outer race.

Tool number : KV38100200 ( — )

PCIB1722E

Revision: December 2015 TM-42 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
17. Install differential side oil seals (1) to clutch housing and tran-
saxle case, using Tools. A

Tool number : KV32500QAA


Tool number : B.vi 1666-B B

(A) : Transaxle case side


(B) : Clutch housing side C

Dimension (L1) : 1.2 – 1.8 mm (0.047 – 0.071 in) JPDIC0454ZZ

Dimension (L2) : 2.7 – 3.3 mm (0.106 – 0.130 in) TM

CAUTION:
• Do not incline differential side oil seal.
• Do not damage clutch housing and transaxle case. E
18. Install magnet to clutch housing.
19. Install final drive assembly to clutch housing.
F
20. Set fork rod (1) to input shaft assembly (2), and then install them
to clutch housing.
G

I
JPDIC0608ZZ

21. Install mainshaft assembly (1), with the following procedure.


J
a. Pull up input shaft assembly (2) and fork rod (3).
b. Set 1st-2nd fork rod (4) to mainshaft assembly and install them
to clutch housing.
K

JPDIC0609ZZ
M
22. Install reverse idler shaft assembly (1) with the following proce-
dure.
a. Install spring washer to clutch housing. N
b. Pull up input shaft assembly (2), mainshaft assembly (3), fork
rod (4), and 1st-2nd fork rod (5).
NOTE: O
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft
side.
c. Set reverse fork rod (6) to reverse idler shaft assembly and P
install them to clutch housing.
JPDIC0606ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-43 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
23. Move 1st-2nd fork rod (1), fork rod (2), and reverse fork rod (3)
to the neutral position.
24. Install selector (4) to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Replace selector lever and selector as a set.

SCIA7782E

25. Install selector spring (1) to return bushing (A).


26. Apply recommended sealant to the gasket surface of transaxle
case.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI-
22, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
• Do not allow old liquid gasket, moisture, oil, or foreign
matter to remain on gasket surface.
• Check that the gasket surface is not damaged.
• Apply sealant bead continuously.
JPDIC0445ZZ

27. Install transaxle case to clutch housing while rotating shifter


lever A (1) in the direction as shown.

JPDIC0110ZZ

28. Install reverse idler shaft bolt ( ), as per the following proce-
dure.
a. Install sealing washer to reverse idler shaft bolt, and install
reverse idler shaft bolt to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse sealing washer.
b. Tighten reverse idler shaft bolt to the specified torque.

PCIB1695E

29. Tighten transaxle case bolts ( ) to the specified torque.

PCIB1694E

Revision: December 2015 TM-44 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
30. Install position switch (1), with the following procedure.
a. Apply recommended sealant to threads of position switch. A
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent.Refer to GI-22,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION: B
Do not allow old liquid gasket, moisture, oil, or foreign mat-
ter to remain on thread.
b. Install position switch to transaxle case and tighten it to the C
specified torque.
31. Install bracket (2) to transaxle case and tighten bolt to the speci-
fied torque. SCIA7784E
TM
32. Install selector lever (3) with the following procedure.
a. Install selector lever to transaxle case.
CAUTION: E
Replace selector lever and selector as a set.
b. Install retaining pin to selector lever using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pin. F
33. Install drain plug with the following procedure.
a. Install gasket to drain plug.
G
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
b. Install drain plug to clutch housing using a suitable tool.
H
c. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Do not overtighten drain plug as this could cause the transaxle case to crack.
34. Install filler plug with the following procedure. I
a. Install gasket to filler plug and install it to the transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket. J
b. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Fill with gear oil before tighten filler plug to the specified torque. K
Do not overtighten the filler plug as this could cause the transaxle case to crack.
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787401
L
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
M

Revision: December 2015 TM-45 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Check contact surface ( ) and sliding surface ( ) for excessive
wear, uneven wear, bend, and damage. Replace if necessary.

SCIA7785E

Revision: December 2015 TM-46 2016 Sentra NAM


INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787402

TM

L
JPDIC0407GB

1. Input shaft front bearing 2. Input shaft 3. 3rd input gear M


4. Spacer 5. Snap ring 6. 3rd baulk ring
7. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve 8. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub 9. Insert key
10. 4th baulk ring 11. 4th input gear 12. 5th input gear N
13. 5th baulk ring 14. 5th-6th coupling sleeve 15. 5th-6th synchronizer hub
16. 6th baulk ring 17. Needle bearing 18. 6th input gear
19. Input shaft rear bearing A. First step B. Final step O
Disassembly INFOID:0000000012787403

CAUTION: P
• Fix input shaft in a vise with back plate, and then remove gears and snap rings.

Revision: December 2015 TM-47 2016 Sentra NAM


INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
• For removal of snap ring, set snap ring pliers and flat pliers at
both sides of snap ring. While expanding snap ring with snap
ring pliers, move snap ring with flat pliers.
• Disassemble gear components putting direction marks on the
parts that do not affect any functions.

SCIA1755J

1. Remove input shaft rear bearing bolt (1), using Tool (A).
CAUTION:
Do not reuse rear bearing bolt.

Tool number (A) : KV32300QAM ( — )

JPDIC0449ZZ

2. Remove input shaft rear bearing (1) with the following proce-
dure.
a. Set a suitable tool to input shaft rear bearing.
b. Remove input shaft rear bearing using suitable tool (A).

JPDIC0111ZZ

3. Remove spacer (1), 6th input gear (2), needle bearing, 6th baulk
ring, and 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly (3).
4. Remove insert keys and 5th-6th coupling sleeve from 5th-6th
synchronizer hub.

PCIB1750E

5. Remove snap ring (1).


CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
6. Remove spacer, 5th baulk ring, 5th input gear (2), and spacer.

PCIB1754E

Revision: December 2015 TM-48 2016 Sentra NAM


INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]

7. Remove snap ring (1). A


CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
8. Remove spacer, 4th input gear (2), 4th baulk ring, and 3rd-4th
synchronizer hub assembly (3). B
9. Remove insert keys and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve from 3rd-4th
synchronizer hub.
C

PCIB1753E
TM
10. Remove snap ring (1).
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring. E
11. Remove spacer, 3rd baulk ring, and 3rd input gear (2).

PCIB1752E
H

12. Set a suitable tool to input shaft front bearing (1), and then
remove input shaft front bearing. I

PCIB1751E

L
Assembly INFOID:0000000012787404

Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.


CAUTION: M
• Replace transaxle assembly when replacing input shaft.
• For installation of snap ring, set snap ring pliers and flat pliers
at both sides of snap ring. While expanding snap ring with N
snap ring pliers, move snap ring with flat pliers.
• Do not reuse snap ring.
• Check that snap ring is securely installed in a groove.
• Replace 3rd-4th coupling sleeve and 3rd-4th synchronizer O
hub as a set.
• Replace 5th-6th coupling sleeve and 5th-6th synchronizer hub
as a set. P

SCIA1755J

Revision: December 2015 TM-49 2016 Sentra NAM


INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
• Be careful to install 3rd-4th synchronizer hub according to the
specified direction.

(A) : 3rd input gear side


(B) : 4th input gear side

PCIB1748E

• Be careful to install 5th-6th synchronizer hub according to the specified direction.

(A) : 5th input gear side


(B) : 6th input gear side

PCIB1749E

• Install input shaft front bearing (1) using a suitable tool (A).

JPDIC0112ZZ

• Install input shaft rear bearing (1) using a suitable tool (A) and Tool
(B).

Tool number : ST36720030 ( — )


• Apply gear oil to 3rd baulk ring, 4th baulk ring, 5th baulk ring, and
6th baulk ring.

JPDIC0113ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-50 2016 Sentra NAM


INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
• Install input shaft rear bearing bolt (1), as per the following proce-
dure. A
CAUTION:
Follow the procedures. Otherwise it may cause a transaxle
malfunction.
B
Do not reuse rear bearing bolt.
1. Fix the Tool (A) in a vise and set input shaft assembly.

Tool number : KV32300QAM ( — ) C


2. Install input shaft rear bearing bolt and tighten it to the specified
torque of the first step. JPDIC0449ZZ

3. Loosen input shaft rear bearing bolt by a half turn. TM


4. Tighten input shaft rear bearing bolt to the specified torque of the final step.
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787405
E

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY


Input Shaft and Gear F
Check the following items and replace if necessary.
• Damage, peeling, bend, uneven wear, and distortion of shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, and peeling of gear.
G

I
SCIA7736E

Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve


Check the following items and replace if necessary. J
• Breakage, damage, and unusual wear on contact surface of cou-
pling sleeve, synchronizer hub, and insert key.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub move smoothly. K

SCIA1753J
M
Baulk Ring
Check contact surface of baulk ring cam and insert key for excessive
wear, uneven wear, bend, and damage. Replace if necessary. N

SCIA0608J

Bearing

Revision: December 2015 TM-51 2016 Sentra NAM


INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Check bearing for damage and uneven rotation. Replace if neces-
sary.

MTF0041D

Revision: December 2015 TM-52 2016 Sentra NAM


MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787406

TM

L
SFIA3293E

1. Mainshaft front bearing outer race 2. Mainshaft front bearing inner race 3. Mainshaft M
4. 1st main gear 5. 1st inner baulk ring 6. 1st synchronizer cone
7. 1st outer baulk ring 8. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 9. Insert key
10. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 11. 2nd outer baulk ring 12. 2nd synchronizer cone N
13. 2nd inner baulk ring 14. 2nd main gear 15. Bushing
16. 3rd main gear 17. Mainshaft adjusting shim 18. 4th main gear
19. 5th main gear 20. 6th main gear 21. Mainshaft rear bearing inner race O
22. Mainshaft rear bearing outer race 23. Snap ring 24. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim

Disassembly INFOID:0000000012787407
P
CAUTION:
• Fix mainshaft in a vise with back plate, and then remove gears and snap rings.

Revision: December 2015 TM-53 2016 Sentra NAM


MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
• For removal of snap ring, set snap ring pliers and flat pliers at
both sides of snap ring. While expanding snap ring with snap
ring pliers, move snap ring with flat pliers.
• Disassemble gear components putting direction marks on the
parts that never affect any functions.

SCIA1755J

1. Remove snap ring (1).


CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.

PCIB1745E

2. Remove 6th main gear (1) and mainshaft rear bearing inner race
(2), with the following procedure.
a. Set a suitable tool to 6th main gear.
b. Remove mainshaft rear bearing inner race and 6th main gear,
using Tool (A).

Tool number : ST33052000 ( — )

PCIB1744E

3. Remove 4th main gear (1) and 5th main gear (2) with the follow-
ing procedure.
a. Set a suitable tool to 4th main gear.
b. Remove 5th main gear and 4th main gear, using Tool (A).

Tool number : ST33052000 ( — )


4. Remove mainshaft adjusting shim.

PCIB1743E

Revision: December 2015 TM-54 2016 Sentra NAM


MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
5. Remove 1st main gear (1), 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
(2), 2nd main gear (3), and 3rd main gear (4) with the following A
procedure.
a. Set a suitable tool to 1st main gear.
b. Remove 3rd main gear, busing, 2nd main gear, 2nd inner baulk B
ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, 2nd outer baulk ring, 1st-2nd syn-
chronizer hub assembly, 1st outer baulk ring, 1st synchronizer
cone, 1st inner baulk ring, and 1st main gear using Tool (A).
C

Tool number : ST33052000 ( — )


PCIB1742E

c. Remove insert keys and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve from 1st-2nd TM


synchronizer hub.
6. Remove mainshaft front bearing inner race (1) with the following
procedure. E
a. Set a suitable tool to mainshaft front bearing inner race.
b. Remove mainshaft front bearing inner race using Tool (A).
F
Tool number : ST33052000 ( — )

PCIB1741E

H
Assembly INFOID:0000000012787408

CAUTION:
• Select mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, as per the following procedure when replacing main- I
shaft adjusting shim, 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear.
- Replace mainshaft adjusting shim.
• If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thinner than previous one, offset the thickness difference by J
selecting thicker mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
• If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thicker than previous one, offset the thickness difference by
selecting thinner mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
- Replace 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear. K
• Measure the thickness of the main gear used before and the new main gear
• Increase the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is smaller than
0.025 mm (0.0010 in). L
• Replace transaxle assembly when replacing mainshaft.
• For installation of snap ring, set snap ring pliers and flat pliers
at both sides of snap ring. While expanding snap ring with
snap ring pliers, move snap ring with flat pliers. M
• Do not reuse snap ring.

SCIA1755J

Revision: December 2015 TM-55 2016 Sentra NAM


MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
1. Install mainshaft front bearing inner race (1) using Tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
front bearing inner race as a set.
Do not reuse mainshaft front bearing inner or outer race.

Tool number : ST36720030 ( — )


2. Apply gear oil to 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, 1st
outer baulk ring, 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone,
and 2nd outer baulk ring.
CAUTION: PCIB1733E

• Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring as a set.
• Replace 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer baulk ring as a set.
3. Install insert keys and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve to 1st-2nd synchronizer hub.
CAUTION:
Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve as a set.
4. Install 1st main gear (1), 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer
cone, 1st outer baulk ring, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
(2), 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer
baulk ring.
5. Install bushing (3) using Tool (A).

Tool number : ST32102700 ( — )

PCIB1734E

6. Install 3rd main gear (1) and 2nd main gear (2) using Tool (A).

Tool number : KV32102700 ( — )

PCIB1735E

7. Measure dimension (L) as shown in the figure. Select mainshaft


adjusting shim (1) according to the following list, and then install
it to mainshaft.

(2) : Mainshaft
(3) : 3rd main gear
Unit: mm (in)

Dimension (L) Mainshaft adjusting shim thickness


147.690 – 147.666 (5.8146 – 5.8136) 1.500 (0.0591)
147.665 – 147.641 (5.8136 – 5.8126) 1.525 (0.0600) PCIB1736E

147.640 – 147.616 (5.8126 – 5.8116) 1.550 (0.0610)


147.615 – 147.591 (5.8116 – 5.8107) 1.575 (0.0620)
147.590 – 147.566 (5.8106 – 5.8097) 1.600 (0.0630)
147.565 – 147.541 (5.8096 – 5.8087) 1.625 (0.0640)
147.540 – 147.516 (5.8086 – 5.8077) 1.650 (0.0650)

Revision: December 2015 TM-56 2016 Sentra NAM


MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Dimension (L) Mainshaft adjusting shim thickness
A
147.515 – 147.491 (5.8077 – 5.8067) 1.675 (0.0659)
147.490 – 147.466 (5.8067 – 5.8057) 1.700 (0.0669)
147.465 – 147.441 (5.8057 – 5.8048) 1.725 (0.0679) B
147.440 – 147.416 (5.8047 – 5.8038) 1.750 (0.0689)
147.415 – 147.391 (5.8037 – 5.8028) 1.775 (0.0699)
8. Install 4th main gear (1) using Tool (A). C

Tool number : KV32102700 ( — )


TM

F
PCIB1737E

9. Install 5th main gear (1) using Tool (A). G

Tool number : KV32102700 ( — )


H

J
PCIB1738E

10. Install 6th main gear (1) using Tool (A).


K
Tool number : KV32102700 ( — )

PCIB1739E
N
11. Install mainshaft rear bearing inner race (1) using Tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft rear bearing inner race and mainshaft O
rear bearing outer race as a set.

Tool number : ST30901000 (J-26010-01) P


12. Install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
PCIB1740E

Revision: December 2015 TM-57 2016 Sentra NAM


MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787409

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY


Mainshaft and Gear
Check the following items and replace if necessary.
• Damage, peeling, bend, uneven wear, and distortion of shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, and peeling of gear.

PCIB1775E

Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve


Check the following items and replace if necessary.
• Breakage, damage, and unusual wear on contact surface of cou-
pling sleeve, synchronizer hub, and insert key.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub move smoothly.

SCIA1753J

Baulk Ring
Check contact surface of baulk ring cam and insert key for excessive
wear, uneven wear, bend, and damage. Replace if necessary.

SCIA0608J

Bearing
Check bearing for damage and uneven rotation. Replace if neces-
sary.
CAUTION:
• Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
front bearing inner race as a set.
• Replace mainshaft rear bearing inner race and mainshaft rear
bearing outer race as a set.

SPD715

Revision: December 2015 TM-58 2016 Sentra NAM


REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787410

TM

J
JPDIC0425GB

1. Reverse output gear 2. Snap ring 3. Reverse baulk ring K


4. Return spring 5. Needle bearing 6. Seal washer
7. Reverse idler shaft 8. Spacer 9. Reverse input gear
10. Lock washer 11. Spring washer L

Disassembly INFOID:0000000012787411

M
1. Remove reverse output gear (1).

P
PCIB1760E

Revision: December 2015 TM-59 2016 Sentra NAM


REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
2. Remove snap ring (1).
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.

PCIB1759E

3. Remove reverse baulk ring (1) and return spring (2).

PCIB1758E

4. Remove snap ring (1), lock washer (2), and reverse input gear
(3).
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.

PCIB1757E

5. Remove needle bearings (1) and washer.

PCIB1761E

Assembly INFOID:0000000012787412

Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.


CAUTION:
• Do not reuse snap ring.
• Check that snap ring is securely installed in a groove.
• Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return spring, needle bearing, reverse
idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set.
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787413

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY

Revision: December 2015 TM-60 2016 Sentra NAM


REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Shaft and Gear
Check the following items. Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return spring, needle A
bearing, reverse idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set, if necessary.
• Damage, peeling, bend, uneven wear, and distortion of shaft
• Excessive wear, damage, and peeling of gear
B
Bearing
Check damage and rotation of bearing. Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return
spring, needle bearing, reverse idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set, if necessary. C

TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-61 2016 Sentra NAM


FINAL DRIVE
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
FINAL DRIVE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787414

JPDIC0424GB

1. Shim 2. Differential side bearing outer race 3. Differential side bearing inner race
(transaxle case side) (transaxle case side)
4. Final gear 5. Differential case 6. Differential side bearing inner race
(clutch housing side)
7. Differential side bearing outer race
(clutch housing side)

Disassembly INFOID:0000000012787415

1. Remove differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side)


(1) with the following procedure.
a. Set a suitable tool to differential side bearing inner race (clutch
housing side).
b. Remove differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side)
using Tool (A).

Tool number : ST33061000 (J-8107-2)

PCIB1767E

Revision: December 2015 TM-62 2016 Sentra NAM


FINAL DRIVE
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
2. Remove final gear mounting bolts and remove final gear (1).
A

JPDIC0446ZZ

TM
3. Remove differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) (1) with the following procedure.
a. Set a suitable tool to differential side bearing inner race (tran- E
saxle case side).
b. Remove differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) using a suitable tool (A).
F

G
JPDIC0114ZZ

Assembly INFOID:0000000012787416
H
1. Install final gear, and then tighten final gear mounting bolts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Replace final gear and differential case as a set. I
2. Install differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side)
using a suitable tool (A).
CAUTION: J
Replace differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing
side) and differential side bearing outer race (clutch hous-
ing side) as a set.
K

L
JPDIC0115ZZ

3. Install differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) M


using a suitable tool (A).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle N
case side) as a set.

JPDIC0116ZZ P
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787417

INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY


Gear and Case
Check final gear and differential case. Replace if necessary.

Revision: December 2015 TM-63 2016 Sentra NAM


FINAL DRIVE
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
Bearing
Check bearing for damage and uneven rotation. Replace if neces-
sary.

SPD715

Revision: December 2015 TM-64 2016 Sentra NAM


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [6MT: RS6F94R]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications INFOID:0000000012787418
B

Transaxle type RS6F94R


C
Engine type MRA8DE
Model code number ET80A
Number of speed 6 TM
Synchromesh type Warner
Shift pattern
E

PCIB1769E

G
Gear ratio 1st 3.7273
2nd 2.1053
3rd 1.5185 H
4th 1.1714
5th 0.9143
6th 0.7674 I
Reverse 3.6865
Final gear 3.9333
J
Number of teeth Input gear 1st 11
2nd 19
3rd 27 K
4th 35
5th 35
L
6th 43
Reverse 11
Main gear 1st 41 M
2nd 40
3rd 41
N
4th 41
5th 32
6th 33 O
Reverse 42
Reverse idler gear Input/Output 28/29
Final gear Final gear/Pinion 59/15 P
Side gear/Pinion mate gear 13/10
Oil capacity (Reference) (US pt, Imp pt) Approx. 2.0 (4-1/4, 3-1/2)
Remarks Reverse synchronizer Installed
Triple-cone synchronizer 1st and 2nd

Revision: December 2015 TM-65 2016 Sentra NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012787419

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000012787420

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.

PIIB3706J

Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000012787421

REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING


• After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and
remove the liquid gasket using Tool (A).

Tool Number (A): KV10111100 (J-37228)


CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces.
• In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer to
lightly tap (1) the cutter where the liquid gasket is applied. Use a
plastic hammer to slide (2) the cutter by tapping on the side.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the mating surfaces. AWBIA1249GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-66 2016 Sentra NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE
1. Using suitable tool (A), remove old liquid gasket adhering to the A
liquid gasket application surface and the mating surface.
• Remove liquid gasket completely from the groove of the liquid
gasket application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes. B
2. Wipe the liquid gasket application surface and the mating sur-
face with white gasoline (lighting and heating use) to remove
adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials. C

TM
JPBIA0053ZZ

3. Attach liquid gasket tube using suitable tool.


Use Genuine Liquid Gasket or equivalent. E
4. Apply liquid gasket without gaps to the specified location accord-
ing to the specified dimensions.
• If there is a groove for liquid gasket application, apply liquid F
gasket to the groove.

EMA0622D

H
• As for bolt holes (B), normally apply liquid gasket inside the
holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes.
Check to read the text of this manual. I

(A) : Groove
: Inside J
• Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mat-
ing component.
• If liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately. K
• Do not retighten mounting bolts or nuts after the installation.
• After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill JPBIA0010ZZ

engine oil and engine coolant.


L
CAUTION:
If there are specific instructions in this manual, observe them.
Precaution for TCM and Transaxle Assembly Replacement INFOID:0000000012787422
M
CAUTION:
• To replace TCM, refer to TM-143, "Description".
• To replace transaxle assembly, refer to TM-145, "Description". N

Precaution for G Sensor Removal/Installation or Replacement INFOID:0000000012787423

CAUTION: O
To remove/install or replace G sensor, refer to TM-151, "Description".

Revision: December 2015 TM-67 2016 Sentra NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
General Precautions INFOID:0000000012787424

• Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable


from the negative terminal before connecting or disconnect-
ing the CVT assembly harness connector. Because battery
voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned
OFF.

SEF289H

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or


from TCM, do not damage pin terminals (bend or break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM pin ter-
minal, when connecting pin connectors.

AAT470A

• Perform TCM input/output signal inspection and check


whether TCM functions normally or not before replacing TCM.
Refer to TM-115, "Reference Value".

MEF040DA

• Perform “DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION


PROCEDURE”.
If the repair is completed DTC should not be displayed in the
“DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.

JSBIA1315ZZ

• Always use the specified brand of CVT fluid. Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Use lint-free paper not cloth rags during work.
• Dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc. after replacing the CVT fluid.
• Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transaxle. It is important to prevent
the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
• Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.

Revision: December 2015 TM-68 2016 Sentra NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine INFOID:0000000012787425

A
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION: B
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal
before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid
valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will C
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a TM
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and E
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector INFOID:0000000012787426
F
REMOVAL
• Rotate bayonet ring (A) counterclockwise. Pull out CVT unit har-
ness connector (B) upward and remove it. G

JSDIA1162ZZ
J
INSTALLATION
1. Align marking (A) on CVT unit harness connector terminal with
marking (B) on bayonet ring. Insert CVT unit harness connector. K
2. Rotate bayonet ring clockwise.

JPDIA0294ZZ

N
3. Rotate bayonet ring clockwise until marking (A) on CVT unit har-
ness connector terminal body is aligned with the slit (B) on bayo-
net ring as shown in the figure (correctly fitting condition). O

JPDIA0295ZZ

CAUTION:

Revision: December 2015 TM-69 2016 Sentra NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• Securely align marking (A) on CVT unit harness connec-
tor terminal body with bayonet ring slit (B). Then, be care-
ful not to make a half fit condition as shown in the figure.
• Never mistake the slit of bayonet ring for other dent por-
tion.

JPDIA0296ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-70 2016 Sentra NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000012787427
B
The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.) C
Tool name
1. KV311039S0 CVT fluid changing and adjustment
( — ) TM
Charging pipe set
2. KV31103920*
( — )
O-ring E

JSDIA1844ZZ

KV38107900 Installing drive shaft F


( — ) a: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
Differential side oil seal protector
G

PDIA1183J
H

KV381099S0 Installing transmission range switch


( — ) 1. Pin “1”
Unified transmission range switch adjuster a: 5 mm (0.20 in) dia. I
2. Pin “2”
a: 5 mm (0.20 in) dia.
b: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.
3. Spacer nut J
4. Base plate
JSDIA5388ZZ

*: The O-ring as a unit part is set as a SST. K


Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000012787428

L
Tool name Description
Power tool Loosening nuts, screws and
bolts M

PIIB1407E

31197EU50A Installing transaxle assembly O


Drive plate location guide a: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.

JPDIA0676ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-71 2016 Sentra NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Tool name Description
Drift Differential side oil seal (Con-
verter housing side)
a: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
b: 51 mm (2.01 in) dia.
c: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia.
d: 8 mm (0.31 in) dia.

JSDIA1653ZZ

Drift Installing converter housing oil


seal
a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.

NT115

Revision: December 2015 TM-72 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
B
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012787429

TM

ALDIA0403ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-73 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

No. Component Function


Mainly transmits the following signal to TCM via CAN communication.
• Engine and CVT integrated control signal
NOTE:
General term for the communication (torque-down permission, torque-
down request, etc.) exchanged between the ECM and TCM.
• Engine speed signal
• Accelerator pedal position signal
ECM
• Closed throttle position signal
• N idle instruction signal
Mainly receives the following signals from TCM via CAN communication.
• N idle instruction signal
• Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) signal
Refer to EC-15, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
TCM TM-75, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : TCM"
Mainly transmits the following signal to TCM via CAN communication.
• Stop lamp switch signal
• Turn indicator signal
BCM Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
(With intelligent key system) or BCS-82, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location" (Without intelligent key system) for detailed in-
stallation location.
Mainly transmits the following signal to TCM via CAN communication.
• Vehicle speed signal (ABS)
• ABS operation signal
• TCS operation signal
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• VDC operation signal
• ABS malfunction signal
Refer to BRC-11, "Component Parts Location" (Without ICC) or BRC-170,
"Component Parts Location" (With ICC) for detailed installation location.
Mainly transmits the following signal to TCM via CAN communication.
• Overdrive control switch signal
Mainly receives the following signals from TCM via CAN communication.
• Shift position indicator signal
• OD OFF indicator lamp signal
Combination meter
Refer to MWI-7, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (TYPE A)
or MWI-80, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (TYPE B) for
detailed installation location.
NOTE:
To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
ECO mode switch DMS-24, "ECO Mode Switch"

SPORT mode switch DMS-61, "SPORT Mode Switch"

Overdrive control switch TM-82, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Overdrive Control Switch"

G sensor TM-81, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : G Sensor"

Transmission range switch TM-75, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch"

Primary speed sensor TM-76, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Speed Sensor"

CVT unit connector —

Output speed sensor TM-77, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Output Speed Sensor"

Secondary speed sensor TM-76, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Speed Sensor"

Revision: December 2015 TM-74 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
No. Component Function
A
ROM assembly* TM-75, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : ROM Assembly"
CVT fluid temperature sensor* TM-78, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor"
Secondary pressure sensor* TM-78, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Sensor" B
Primary pressure solenoid valve* TM-79, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Solenoid Valve"
Control Low brake solenoid valve* TM-79, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Low Brake Solenoid Valve"
valve C
High clutch & reverse brake solenoid TM-80, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : High Clutch & Reverse Brake Sole-
valve* noid Valve"
Torque converter clutch solenoid TM-80, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
valve* Valve" TM
Line pressure solenoid valve* TM-81, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Solenoid Valve"
*: These components are included in control valve assembly.
E
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : TCM INFOID:0000000012787430

• The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal


F
input and output and for power supply.
• The vehicle driving status is judged based on the signals from the
sensors, switches, and other control units, and the optimal tran-
saxle control is performed. G
• For TCM control items, refer to TM-93, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
: System Description".
H

JSDIA3071ZZ
I
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : ROM Assembly INFOID:0000000012787431

• The ROM assembly is installed to control valve. J


• The ROM assembly stores the calibration data (characteristic
value) of each solenoid valve. TCM enables accurate hydraulic
control by obtaining the calibration data.
K

JSDIA3085ZZ M
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch INFOID:0000000012787432

• The transmission range switch is installed to upper part of tran- N


saxle case.
• The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position.
O

JSDIA3072ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-75 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000012787433

• The primary speed sensor is installed to side cover of transaxle.


• The primary speed sensor detects primary pulley speed.

JSDIA3073ZZ

• The primary speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM
judges the rotating body speed from the pulse signal.

JSDIA1824GB

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000012787434

• The secondary speed sensor is installed to side cover of transaxle.


• The secondary speed sensor detects secondary pulley speed.

JSDIA3073ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-76 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• The secondary speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM
judges the rotating body speed from the pulse signal. A

TM

F
JSDIA1824GB

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Output Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000012787435


G
• The output speed sensor is installed to the back side of transaxle
case.
• The output speed sensor detects final gear speed. TCM evaluates H
the vehicle speed from the final gear revolution.

J
JSDIA3074ZZ

• The output speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM K
judges the rotating body speed from the pulse signal.

JSDIA1824GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-77 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012787436

• The CVT fluid temperature sensor is installed to control valve.


• The CVT fluid temperature sensor detects CVT fluid temperature
in oil pan.

JSDIA3078ZZ

• The fluid temperature sensor uses a thermistor, and changes the signal voltage by converting changes in the
CVT fluid temperature to a resistance value. TCM evaluates the CVT fluid temperature from the signal volt-
age value.

JSDIA1825GB

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012787437

• The secondary pressure sensor is installed to control valve.


• The secondary pressure sensor detects the pressure applied to
the secondary pulley.

JSDIA3079ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-78 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• When pressure is applied to the ceramic device in the secondary pressure sensor, the ceramic device is
deformed, resulting in voltage change. TCM evaluates the secondary pressure from its voltage change. Volt- A
age is increased along with pressure increase.

TM

JSDIA1831GB
F
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012787438

• The primary pressure solenoid valve is installed to control valve. G


• The primary pressure solenoid valve controls the primary pressure
control valve. For information about the primary pressure control
valve, refer to TM-88, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description". H

JSDIA3080ZZ J

• The primary pressure solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve
[N/H (normal high) type]. K
NOTE:
• The principle of the linear solenoid valve utilizes the fact that the
force pressing on the valve spool installed inside the coil L
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro-
duce a fluid pressure that is proportional to this pressing force.
• The N/H (normal high) produces hydraulic control when the coil
is not energized. M

JSDIA3647GB

N
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Low Brake Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012787439

• The low brake solenoid valve is installed to control valve.


• The low brake solenoid valve adjusts the low brake engaging pres- O
sure.

JSDIA3081ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-79 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• The low brake solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve [N/L
(normal low) type].
NOTE:
• The principle of the linear solenoid valve utilizes the fact that the
force pressing on the valve spool installed inside the coil
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro-
duce a fluid pressure that is proportional to this pressing force.
• The N/L (normal low) type does not produce hydraulic control
when the coil is not energized.

JSDIA3648GB

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : High Clutch & Reverse Brake Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012787440

• The high clutch & reverse brake solenoid valve is installed to


control valve.
• The high clutch & reverse brake solenoid valve adjusts the high
clutch and reverse brake engaging pressure.

JSDIA3082ZZ

• The high clutch & reverse brake solenoid valve uses the linear
solenoid valve [N/H (normal high) type].
NOTE:
• The principle of the linear solenoid valve utilizes the fact that the
force pressing on the valve spool installed inside the coil
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro-
duce a fluid pressure that is proportional to this pressing force.
• The N/H (normal high) produces hydraulic control when the coil
is not energized.

JSDIA3647GB

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012787441

• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is installed to control


valve.
• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve controls the torque con-
verter clutch control valve. For information about the torque con-
verter clutch control valve, refer to TM-88, "TRANSAXLE :
Component Description".

JSDIA3084ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-80 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve utilizes a linear sole-
noid valve [N/L (normal low) type]. A
NOTE:
• The principle of the linear solenoid valve utilizes the fact that the
force pressing on the valve spool installed inside the coil
B
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro-
duce a fluid pressure that is proportional to this pressing force.
• The N/L (normal low) type does not produce hydraulic control
when the coil is not energized. C

JSDIA3648GB

TM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012787442

• The line pressure solenoid valve is installed to control valve.


• The line pressure solenoid valve controls the pressure regulator E
valve. For information about the pressure regulator valve, refer to
TM-88, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
F

JSDIA3083ZZ
H
• The line pressure solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve [N/
H (normal high) type].
NOTE: I
• The principle of the linear solenoid valve utilizes the fact that the
force pressing on the valve spool installed inside the coil
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro- J
duce a fluid pressure that is proportional to this pressing force.
• The N/H (normal high) produces hydraulic control when the coil
is not energized.
K

JSDIA3647GB

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : G Sensor INFOID:0000000012787443 L

• G sensor is installed to floor under instrument lower cover.


• G sensor detects front/rear G and inclination applied to the vehicle.
M

JSDIA3649ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-81 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• G sensor converts front/rear G and inclination applied to the vehi-
cle to voltage signal. TCM evaluates front/rear G and inclination
angle of the vehicle from the voltage signal.

JSDIA3650GB

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Overdrive Control Switch INFOID:0000000012787444

• The overdrive control switch is installed to the selector lever


knob.
• When the OD OFF indicator lamp on the combination meter is OFF
and the overdrive control switch is pressed, the OD OFF is active
and the OD OFF indicator lamp is ON.
• When the OD OFF indicator lamp on the combination meter is ON
and the overdrive control switch is pressed, the OD OFF is can-
celled and the OD OFF indicator lamp is OFF.

JSDIA3651ZZ

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : OD OFF Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000012787445

DESIGN/PURPOSE
The OD OFF indicator lamp notifies the driver that the shift control of
transaxle is in OD OFF.

JPNIA1891ZZ

BULB CHECK
For two seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.
SIGNAL PATH
• When overdrive control switch signal is input to the combination meter, the combination meter transmits the
overdrive control switch signal to the TCM via CAN communication.
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied, the TCM transmits OD OFF indicator lamp signal to the
combination meter via CAN communication. The combination meter turns ON the OD OFF indicator lamp on
the combination meter, according to the signal.
- TCM receives overdrive control switch via CAN communication from combination meter.
- Selector lever: D position.
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Ignition switch: ON
• Selector lever: D position
• Overdrive control switch is pressed when the OD OFF indicator lamp is OFF.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the conditions listed below is satisfied.

Revision: December 2015 TM-82 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• Ignition switch: Other than ON
• Overdrive control switch is pressed when the OD OFF indicator lamp is ON. A
• Selector lever is shifted to other than D position when the OD OFF indicator lamp is ON.
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Shift Position Indicator INFOID:0000000012787446
B
PURPOSE
The shift position indicator displays the shift position of transaxle.
C

TM

JSDIA3906ZZ
F
SIGNAL PATH
• The TCM judges the shift position by the transmission range switch signal.
• The TCM transmits the shift position signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. The combina-
tion meter shows the shift position indicator on the information display, according to the signal. G

LIGHTING CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON H
SHUTOFF CONDITION
Ignition switch: Other than ON
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM I

SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012787447

O
ALDIA0413ZZ

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION P

No. Component Function


1. Shift lock solenoid It operates according to the signal from the stop lamp switch and moves the lock lever.
2. Park position switch It detects that the selector lever is in “P” position.

Revision: December 2015 TM-83 2016 Sentra NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
No. Component Function
3. Shift lock release button Forcibly releases the shift lock when pressed.
• The stop lamp switch turns ON when the brake pedal is depressed.
4. Stop lamp switch
• When the stop lamp switch turns ON, the shift lock solenoid is energized.

Revision: December 2015 TM-84 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
TRANSAXLE
TRANSAXLE : Cross-Sectional View INFOID:0000000012787448
B

TM

JSDIA1777ZZ
N

Converter housing Oil pump Counter drive gear


Control valve Oil pan Primary pulley O
Steel belt Secondary pulley Planetary gear (auxiliary gearbox)
Side cover Transaxle case Differential case
P
Final gear Reduction gear Counter driven gear
Drive sprocket Oil pump chain Torque converter
Driven sprocket

Revision: December 2015 TM-85 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
TRANSAXLE : Operation Status INFOID:0000000012787449

×: Engaged or applied.

Selector le- Parking


Counter Reverse Primary Secondary Reduction
ver posi- mecha- Low brake High clutch Steel belt
gear set brake pulley pulley gear set
tion nism
P × × × × ×
R × × × × × ×
N × × × ×
D × × (1GR) × (2GR) × × × ×
L × × (1GR) × (2GR) × × × ×

TRANSAXLE : Transaxle Mechanism INFOID:0000000012787450

BELT & PULLEY


Mechanism
It is composed of a pair of pulleys (the groove width is changed freely in the axial direction) and the steel belt
(the steel plates are placed continuously and the belt is guided with the multilayer steel rings on both sides).
The groove width changes according to wrapping radius of steel belt and pulley from low status to overdrive
status continuously with non-step. It is controlled with the oil pressures of primary pulley and secondary pulley.
Steel belt
It is composed of multiple steel plates and two steel rings
stacked to a several number. The feature of this steel belt transmits
power with compression of the steel plate in contrast with transmis-
sion of power in pulling with a rubber belt. Friction force is required
with the pulley slope to transmit power from the steel plate. The force
is generated with the following mechanism:
Oil pressure applies to the secondary pulley to nip the plate. ⇒The
plate is pushed and extended outward. ⇒The steel ring shows with-
stands. ⇒Pulling force is generated on the steel ring. ⇒The plate of
the primary pulley is nipped between the pulley. ⇒Friction force is
generated between the steel belt and the pulley. JSDIA1966ZZ
Therefore, responsibilities are divided by the steel plate that trans-
mits the power with compression and the steel ring that maintains necessary friction force. In this way, the
tension of the steel ring is distributed on the entire surface and stress variation is limited, resulting in good
durability.
Pulley

Revision: December 2015 TM-86 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
The primary pulley (input shaft side) and the secondary pulley (output shaft side) have the shaft with slope
(fixed cone surface), movable sheave (movable cone surface that can move in the axial direction) and oil pres- A
sure chamber at the back of the movable sheave.

TM

JSDIA1779GB

I
Pulley gear shifting operation
• Pulley gear shifting operation
The movable sheave slides on the shaft to change the groove width of the pulley. Input signals of engine
load (accelerator pedal opening), engine revolution and gear ratio (vehicle speed) change the operation J
pressures of the primary pulley and the secondary pulley, and controls the pulley groove width. Along with
change of the pulley groove width, the belt contact radius is changed. This allows continuous and stepless
gear shifting from low to overdrive. “The contact radius ratio of each pulley in contact with the belt x auxiliary K
gearbox gear ratio” is the gear ratio.

P
JSDIA1967GB

AUXILIARY GEARBOX MECHANISM


1st, 2nd and reverse gears are changed with the planetary gear mechanism.

Revision: December 2015 TM-87 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
TRANSAXLE : Oil Pressure System INFOID:0000000012787451

Oil pressure required for operation of the transaxle transmission mechanism is generated by oil pump, oil
pressure control valve, solenoid valve, etc.

JSDIA1826GB

TRANSAXLE : Component Description INFOID:0000000012787452

Part name Function


It is composed of the cover converter, turbine assembly, stator, pump impeller assem-
Torque converter
bly, etc. It increases the engine torque and transmits the power to the transaxle.
Through the oil pump drive chain, it uses the vane oil pump driven by the engine. It gen-
Oil pump
erates necessary oil pressure to circulate fluid and to operate the clutch and brake.
The power from the torque converter is transmitted to the primary pulley through the
Counter gear set
counter drive gear and the counter driven gear.
It is composed of the primary pulley, secondary pulley, steel belt, etc. and the mecha-
Belt & pulley (Continuously variable transmis-
nism performs shifting, changes the gear ratio and transmits the power with oil pressure
sion)
from the control valve.
It is composed of the planetary gear, multi-disc clutch, multi-disc brake, etc. and the
Auxiliary gearbox (stepped transmission) mechanism performs shifting (1-2 gear shifting and reverse) with oil pressure from the
control valve.
Conveys power from the transmission mechanism to the reduction gear and the final
Reduction gear set
gear.
When the shift lever is changed to P position, the mechanism fixes the parking gear (in-
Parking mechanism
tegrated with the reduction gear) and the fixes the output shaft.
Controls oil pressure from the oil pump to the pressure suitable for the line pressure
Control valve
control system, shift control system, lock-up control system and lubrication system.
Adjusts the discharge pressure from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pres-
Pressure regulator valve
sure) corresponding to the driving condition.
Adjusts the feed pressure to the torque converter to the optimum pressure correspond-
Torque converter regulator valve
ing to the driving condition.
Adjusts line pressure and produces a constant pressure (pilot pressure) necessary for
Pilot valve
activating each solenoid valve.

Revision: December 2015 TM-88 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Part name Function
A
Distributes the clutch and brake operation pressures (pilot pressure) corresponding to
Manual valve
each shift position.
High clutch/reverse brake switching valve Switches the circuit for the high clutch and the reverse brake.
B
It is operated with the torque converter clutch solenoid valve and it adjusts the tighten-
Torque converter clutch control valve ing pressure and non-tightening pressure of the torque converter clutch piston of the
torque converter.
It is operated with the primary pressure solenoid valve and adjusts the feed pressure to C
Primary pressure control valve
the primary pulley.
Primary pressure solenoid valve TM-79, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Solenoid Valve"
TM
Low brake solenoid valve TM-79, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Low Brake Solenoid Valve"
High clutch & reverse brake solenoid valve TM-80, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : High Clutch & Reverse Brake Solenoid Valve"
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve TM-80, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve" E
Line pressure solenoid valve TM-81, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Solenoid Valve"

FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM


F
FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012787453

CVT FLUID COOLER SCHEMATIC G

JSDIA2826GB

L
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
CVT Oil Warmer
• The CVT oil warmer is installed on the front part of transaxle M
assembly.
• When engine is started while engine and CVT are cold, engine
coolant temperature rises more quickly than CVT fluid tempera-
ture. CVT oil warmer is provided with two circuits for CVT and N
engine coolant respectively so that warmed engine coolant warms
CVT quickly. This helps shorten CVT warming up time, improving
fuel economy. O
• A cooling effect is obtained when CVT fluid temperature is high.

JSDIA2586ZZ P
Heater Thermostat

Revision: December 2015 TM-89 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• The heater thermostat is installed to front part of transaxle
assembly.
• The heater thermostat opens and closes with set temperature.

JSDIA3652ZZ

SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM


SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012787454

• The shift lock is the mechanism provided to prevent quick start of a vehicle by incorrect operation of a drive
when the selector lever is in “P” position.
• Selector lever can be shifted from the “P” position to another position when the following conditions are sat-
isfied.
- Ignition switch is ON.
- Stop lamp switch is ON (brake pedal is depressed)
- Press the selector button.
SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT P POSITION
When brake pedal is not depressed (no selector operation allowed)
When the brake pedal is not depressed with the ignition switch ON,
the shift lock solenoid is OFF (not energized) and the solenoid rod
is extended with spring.
The connecting lock lever is located at the position shown in the
figure when the solenoid rod is extended. It prevents the movement
of the detent rod . The selector lever cannot be shifted from the “P”
position for this reason.

JSDIA2830ZZ

When brake pedal is depressed (selector lever operation allowed)


The shift lock solenoid is turned ON (energized) when the brake
pedal is depressed with the ignition switch ON. The solenoid rod
is compressed with the electromagnetic force. The connecting lock
lever rotates when the solenoid rod is compressed. Therefore, the
detent rod can be moved. The selector lever can be shifted to
other positions for this reason.

JSDIA2831ZZ

P POSITION HOLD MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)

Revision: December 2015 TM-90 2016 Sentra NAM


STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
The shift lock solenoid is not energized when the ignition switch is
in any position other than ON. The shift mechanism is locked and “P” A
position is held. The operation cannot be performed from “P” position
if the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition switch ON when the
operation system of shift lock solenoid is malfunctioning. However,
B
the lock lever is forcibly rotated and the shift lock is released when
the shift lock release button is pressed from above. The selector
operation from “P” position can be performed.
C
: Detent rod
JSDIA2832ZZ

TM
KEY LOCK SYSTEM
KEY LOCK SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012787455

E
KEY LOCK MECHANISM
The key is not set to LOCK when the selector lever is not selected to P position. This prevents the key from
being removed from the key cylinder. F
Key lock status
The slider in the key cylinder is moved to the left side of the fig-
ure when the selector lever is in any position other than “P” position. G
The rotator that rotates together with the key cannot be rotated
for this reason. The key cannot be removed from the key cylinder
because it cannot be turned to LOCK . H

JPDIA0108ZZ
J
Key unlock status
The slider in the key cylinder is moved to the right side of the
figure when the selector lever is in “P” position and the finger is
K
removed from the selector button. The rotator can be rotated for
this reason. The key can be removed from the key cylinder
because it can be turned to LOCK .
L

JPDIA0109ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-91 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000012787456

JSDIA2803GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-92 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012787457

A
DESCRIPTION
• CVT detects the vehicle driving status from switches, sensors and signals, and controls the vehicle so that
the optimum shift position and shift timing may always be achieved. It also controls the vehicle to reduce B
shift and lockup shock, etc.
• If a malfunction occurs on the electric system, activate the fail-safe mode only to drive the vehicle.
MAIN CONTROL CONTENTS OF TCM C

Controls Reference
Line pressure control TM-98, "LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description" TM
Shift control TM-99, "SHIFT CONTROL : System Description"
Select control TM-101, "SELECT CONTROL : System Description"
E
Lock-up control TM-102, "LOCK-UP CONTROL : System Description"
Idle neutral control TM-103, "IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL : System Description"
ECO mode control TM-105, "ECO MODE CONTROL : System Description" F
SPORT mode control TM-105, "SPORT MODE CONTROL : System Description"
Fail-safe TM-122, "Fail-Safe"
G
Self-diagnosis function TM-109, "CONSULT Function"
Communication function with CONSULT TM-109, "CONSULT Function"

LIST OF CONTROL ITEMS AND INPUT/OUTPUT H

Line pressure Lock-up con- Fail-safe func-


Control Item Shift control Select control
control trol tion* I
Engine torque signal
× × × × ×
(CAN communication)
Engine speed signal J
× × × × ×
(CAN communication)
Accelerator pedal position signal
× × × × ×
(CAN communication) K
Closed throttle position signal
× × ×
(CAN communication)
Stop lamp switch signal L
× × × ×
(CAN communication)
Secondary pressure sensor × × × ×
Input CVT fluid temperature sensor × × × × M
Primary speed sensor × × × ×
Secondary speed sensor × × × × ×
N
Output speed sensor × × × × ×
Transmission range switch × × × × ×
Overdrive control switch signal
×
O
(CAN communication)
ECO mode switch signal
×
(CAN communication)
P
SPORT mode switch signal
×
(CAN communication)

Revision: December 2015 TM-93 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Line pressure Lock-up con- Fail-safe func-
Control Item Shift control Select control
control trol tion*
Line pressure solenoid valve × × × ×
Primary pressure solenoid valve × ×
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve × ×
High clutch & reverse brake solenoid
× × ×
valve
Low brake solenoid valve × × ×
Output Shift position indicator
×
(CAN communication)
OD OFF indicator lamp signal
×
(CAN communication)
ECO mode indicator lamp signal
×
(CAN communication)
SPORT mode indicator lamp signal
×
(CAN communication)
*: If these input/output signals show errors, TCM activates the fail-safe function.
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000012787458

TCM has a fail-safe mode. The mode functions so that operation can be continued even if the signal circuit of
the main electronically controlled input/output parts is damaged.
If the vehicle shows following behaviors including “poor acceleration”, a malfunction of the applicable system
is detected by TCM and the vehicle may be in a fail-safe mode. At this time, check the DTC code and perform
inspection and repair according to the malfunction diagnosis procedures.
Fail-safe function

DTC Vehicle behavior Conditions of vehicle


P062F • Not changed from normal driving —
• Shift position indicator on combination meter is not dis-
played
• Selector shock is large
P0705 —
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Shift position indicator on combination meter is not dis-
played
• Selector shock is large
P0706 —
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. ≥
• Acceleration is slow
10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start:-35°C (-
P0711
• Start is slow 31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. < -
• Start is slow 35°C (-31°F)
Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. ≥
• Acceleration is slow
10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start:-35°C (-
P0712
• Start is slow 31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. < -
• Start is slow 35°C (-31°F)

Revision: December 2015 TM-94 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
DTC Vehicle behavior Conditions of vehicle
A
Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. ≥
• Acceleration is slow
10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start:-35°C (-
P0713 B
• Start is slow 31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. < -
• Start is slow 35°C (-31°F)
• Selector shock is large C
• Start is slow
P0715 • Acceleration is slow —
• Vehicle speed is not increased TM
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0720 — E
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
P0740 • Lock-up is not performed —
P0743 • Lock-up is not performed —
F
P0744 • Lock-up is not performed —
• Selector shock is large
G
• Start is slow
P0746 • Acceleration is slow —
• Vehicle speed is not increased
• Lock-up is not performed H
• Start is slow
P0846 —
• Acceleration is slow
P0847 • Acceleration is slow — I
• Start is slow
P0848 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Selector shock is large J
• Start is slow
P0863 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
K
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0890 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed L
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0962 —
• Acceleration is slow M
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0963
• Acceleration is slow
— N
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow O
P0965 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large P
• Start is slow
P0966 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0967 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed

Revision: December 2015 TM-95 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
DTC Vehicle behavior Conditions of vehicle
• Start is slow
P0998 —
• Lock-up is not performed
• Start is slow
Wire disconnection
• Lock-up is not performed
P0999
• Vehicle speed is not increased
Voltage shorting
• Lock-up is not performed
P099B • Start is slow —
• Start is slow
Wire disconnection
• Lock-up is not performed
P099C
• Vehicle speed is not increased
Voltage shorting
• Lock-up is not performed
P1586 • Not changed from normal driving —
P1588 • Not changed from normal driving —
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P2765 • Acceleration is slow —
• Vehicle speed is not increased
• Lock-up is not performed
• Start is slow
P2857 —
• Lock-up is not performed
• Vehicle speed is not increased
P2858 —
• Lock-up is not performed
P2859 • Vehicle speed is not increased —
P285A • Start is slow —
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
U0073 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
U0100 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
U0140 • Not changed from normal driving —
U0141 • Not changed from normal driving —
U0155 • Not changed from normal driving —
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
U0300 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
U1000 • Not changed from normal driving —
U1117 • Not changed from normal driving —

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Protection control INFOID:0000000012787459

The TCM becomes the protection control status temporarily to protect the safety when the safety of TCM and
transmission is lost. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured.
The TCM has the following protection control.
CONTROL FOR WHEEL SPIN

When a wheel spin is detected, the engine output and gear ratio are limited and the line pressure is increased.
Control
At the 1GR, the clutch pressure is increased.

Revision: December 2015 TM-96 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Vehicle behavior in If the accelerator is kept depressing during wheel spin, the engine revolution and vehicle speed are limited to
control a certain degree. From the 1GR, upshift to a certain gear ratio is only allowed. A
Normal return condi-
Wheel spin convergence returns the control to the normal control.
tion
B
CONTROL WHEN FLUID TEMPERATURE IS HIGH

When the CVT fluid temperature is high, the gear shift permission maximum revolution and the maximum
Control C
torque are reduced than usual to prevent increase of the oil temperature.
Vehicle behavior in
Power performance may be lowered, compared to normal control.
control
Normal return condi-
TM
The control returns to the normal control when CVT fluid temperature is lowered.
tion

TORQUE IS REDUCED WHEN DRIVING WITH THE REVERSE GEAR E

Control Engine output is controlled according to a vehicle speed while reversing the vehicle.
Vehicle behavior in
Power performance may be lowered while reversing the vehicle. F
control
Normal return condi-
Torque returns to normal by positioning the selector lever in a range other than “R” position.
tion
G
REVERSE PROHIBIT CONTROL

The reverse brake is controlled to avoid becoming engaged when the selector lever is set in “R” position while H
Control
driving in forward direction at more than the specified speed.
Vehicle behavior in If the selector lever is put at “R” position when driving with the forward gear, the gear becomes neutral, not
control reverse.
I
Normal return condi- The control returns to normal control when the vehicle is driven at low speeds. (The reverse brake becomes
tion engaged.)

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL J

Revision: December 2015 TM-97 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012787460

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSDIA1864GB

DESCRIPTION
Highly accurate line pressure control (secondary pressure control) reduces friction for improvement of fuel
economy.
Normal Oil Pressure Control
Appropriate line pressure (secondary pressure) suitable for driving condition are determined based on the
accelerator pedal position, engine speed, primary pulley (input) speed, secondary pulley (output) speed, vehi-
cle speed, input torque, stop lamp switch signal, transmission range switch signal, lock-up signal, power volt-
age, target shift ratio, oil temperature and oil pressure.
Secondary Pressure Feedback Control
In normal oil pressure control and oil pressure control in shifting, highly accurate secondary pressure is deter-
mined by detecting the secondary pressure using an oil pressure sensor and by feedback control.
SHIFT CONTROL

Revision: December 2015 TM-98 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
SHIFT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012787461

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

TM

M
JSDIA4020GB

DESCRIPTION
To select the gear ratio that can give the driving force to meet driver's intent or vehicle situation, the vehicle N
driving condition such as vehicle speed or accelerator pedal position is detected and the most appropriate
gear ratio is selected and the shifting method before reaching the speed is determined. The information is
output to the primary pressure solenoid valve to control the line pressure input/output to the primary pulley, to
determine the primary pulley (movable pulley) position and to control the gear position. O

D Position (OD ON)


P

Revision: December 2015 TM-99 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Gear shifting is performed in all shifting ranges from the lowest to the
highest gear ratio.

SCIA1953E

D Position (OD OFF)


The gear ratio is generally high by limiting the shifting range on the
high side, and this always generates a large driving power.

SCIA8229E

L Position
By limiting the shifting range only to the lowest of the gear ratio, a
large driving force and engine brake are obtained.

SCIA8240E

Hill Climbing And Descending Control


If a downhill is detected with the accelerator pedal is released, the system performs downshift to increase the
engine brake force so that vehicle may not be accelerated more than necessary. If a climbing hill is detected,
the system improves the acceleration performance in re-acceleration by limiting the gear shift range on the
high side.
NOTE:
For engine brake control on a downhill, the control can be stopped with CONSULT.

JSDIA2060GB

Control In Acceleration
From change of the vehicle speed or accelerator pedal position, the acceleration request level of the driver or
driving scene is evaluated. In start or acceleration during driving, the gear shift characteristics with linearity of
revolution increase and vehicle speed increase are gained to improve the acceleration feel.
SELECT CONTROL
Revision: December 2015 TM-100 2016 Sentra NAM
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
SELECT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012787462

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

TM

JSDIA1862GB J
DESCRIPTION
Based on accelerator pedal angle, engine speed, primary pulley speed, and the secondary pulley speed, the
optimum operating pressure is set to reduce impact of a selector lever operation while shifting from “N” (“P”) to K
“D” (“R”) position.
LOCK-UP CONTROL
L

Revision: December 2015 TM-101 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
LOCK-UP CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012787463

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

JSDIA1865GB

DESCRIPTION
• Controls for improvement of the transmission efficiency by engaging the torque converter clutch in the
torque converter and eliminating slip of the converter. Achieves comfortable driving with slip control of the
torque converter clutch.
• The oil pressure feed circuit for the torque converter clutch piston chamber is connected to the torque con-
verter clutch control valve. The torque converter clutch control valve is switched by the torque converter
clutch solenoid valve with the signal from TCM. This controls the oil pressure circuit, which is supplied to the
torque converter clutch piston chamber, to the release side or engagement side.
• If the CVT fluid temperature is low or the vehicle is in fail-safe mode due to malfunction, lock-up control is
prohibited.
Lock-up engagement
In lock-up engagement, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve makes the torque converter clutch control
valve locked up to generate the lock-up apply pressure. This pushes the torque converter clutch piston for
engagement.
Lock-up release condition
In lock-up release, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve makes the torque converter clutch control valve
non-locked up to drain the lock-up apply pressure. This does not engage the torque converter clutch piston.
IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL

Revision: December 2015 TM-102 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012787464

A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

TM

M
JSDIA2535GB

DESCRIPTION
If a driver has no intention of starting the vehicle in D position, TCM operates the low brake solenoid valve and N
controls the oil pressure of the low brake to be low pressure. Therefore, the low brake is in the release (slip)

Revision: December 2015 TM-103 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
status and the power transmission route of transaxle is the same status as the N position. In this way, the tran-
saxle is in idling status and load to the engine can be reduced to improve fuel economy.

JSDIA2536GB

Idle Neutral Control Start Condition


Idle neutral control is started when all of the following conditions are fulfilled. However, during idle neutral con-
trol, idle neutral control is stopped when any of the following conditions is not met.

Driving environment : Flat road or road with mild gradient


Selector lever position : “D” position
Vehicle speed : 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Accelerator pedal position : 0.0/8
Brake pedal : Depressed
Engine speed : Idle speed
Turn signal lamp/hazard signal lamp : Not activated
NOTE:
Stops or prohibits the idle neutral control when the TCM and ECM detect that the vehicle is in one of the fol-
lowing conditions.
• Engine coolant temperature and CVT fluid temperature are the specified temperature or more, or the speci-
fied temperature or less.
• When a transaxle malfunction occurs.
• When the vehicle detects DTC and is in the fail-safe mode.
• When idle speed increases due to heavy electric load*.
*: When any one of rear window defogger switch, A/C switch, headlamp, fog lamp is turned ON. In addition,
when the steering wheel is operated.

Revision: December 2015 TM-104 2016 Sentra NAM


SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Idle Neutral Control Resume Condition
When the idle neutral control finishes, if the vehicle is driven at more than the specified speed and the idle A
neutral control start conditions are satisfied, the idle neutral control starts again. If the vehicle has a malfunc-
tion, the idle neutral control does not start.
ECO MODE CONTROL B
ECO MODE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012787465

• Driving mode that selects the shift schedule with priority on fuel economy which gives low engine revolution. C
• The gear shift line is not changed with the control mode change for the following conditions:
- When the selector lever is at “L” position.
- When the selector lever is at D position and overdrive is OFF. TM
• For details on ECO mode control, refer to EC-53, "ECO MODE CONTROL : System Description".
FAIL-SAFE
If a malfunction occurs in the system of CVT during ECO mode, the ECO mode indicator lamp turns OFF and E
the control switches to the normal mode control.
SPORT MODE CONTROL
F
SPORT MODE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012787466

• Driving mode that keeps high engine revolution and provides direct feel and acceleration performance suit-
able for driving on winding road. G
• The gear shift line is not changed with the control mode change for the following conditions:
- When the selector lever is at “L” position.
- When the selector lever is at D position and overdrive is OFF. H
• For details on SPORT mode control, refer to EC-53, "SPORT MODE CONTROL : System Description".
FAIL-SAFE
If a malfunction occurs in the system of CVT during SPORT mode, the SPORT mode indicator lamp turns OFF I
and the control switches to the normal mode control.

Revision: December 2015 TM-105 2016 Sentra NAM


ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000012787467

This is an onboard diagnosis system which records diagnosis information related to the exhaust gases. It
detects malfunctions related to sensors and actuators. The malfunctions are indicated by means of the mal-
function indicator lamp (MIL) and are stored as DTC in the ECU memory. The diagnosis information can be
checked using a diagnosis tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
Function of OBD INFOID:0000000012787468

The GST is connected to the diagnosis connector on the vehicle and communicates with the on-board control
units to perform diagnosis. The diagnosis connector is the same as for CONSULT. Refer to GI-49, "Descrip-
tion".

Revision: December 2015 TM-106 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1 Trip Detection Diagnosis and 2 Trip Detection Diagno-
B
sis INFOID:0000000012787469

NOTE:
“Start the engine and turn OFF the ignition switch after warm-up.” This is defined as 1 trip. C
1 TRIP DETECTION DIAGNOSIS
When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC. In these diagnoses, some illuminate MIL and
some do not. Refer to TM-127, "DTC Index". TM

2 TRIP DETECTION DIAGNOSIS


When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this stage. <1 E
trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again in next driving, TCM memorizes DTC. When DTC is memorized, MIL
lights. <2 trip>
“Trip” of the “2 trip detection diagnosis” indicates the driving mode that executes self-diagnosis during driving. F
×: Check possible —: Check not possible

DTC at the 1st trip DTC MIL


Item Display at the Display at the Display at the Display at the Illumination at Illumination at
G
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip the 1st trip the 2nd trip
1 trip detection diagnosis
— — × — × — H
(Refer to TM-127, "DTC Index")
2 trip detection diagnosis
× — — × — ×
(Refer to TM-127, "DTC Index")
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and DTC of 1st Trip INFOID:0000000012787470

2 TRIP DETECTION DIAGNOSIS THAT ILLUMINATES MIL J


• The DTC number of the 1st trip is the same as the DTC number.
• When a malfunction is detected at the 1st trip, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this
stage. If the same malfunction is not detected at the 2nd trip (conforming to necessary driving conditions),
DTC at the 1st trip is erased from TCM. If the same malfunction is detected at the 2nd trip, TCM memorizes K
DTC and MIL lights at the same time.
• The DTC of the 1st trip is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. Since detection of DTC at the
1st trip does not illuminate MIL, warning for a problem is not given to a driver. L
• For procedure to delete DTC and 1st trip DTC from TCM, refer to TM-109, "CONSULT Function".
• If DTC of the 1st trip is detected, it is necessary to check the cause according to the “Diagnosis flow”. Refer
to TM-140, "Work Flow".
M
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012787471

• TCM not only detects DTC, but also sends the MIL signal to ECM through CAN communication. ECM sends N
the MIL signal to the combination meter through CAN communication according to the signal, and illumi-
nates MIL.
• For malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) description, refer to EC-63, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)". O

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000012787472

P
RELATION BETWEEN DTC AT 1ST TRIP/DTC/MIL AND DRIVING CONDITIONS (FOR 2 TRIP DE-
TECTION DIAGNOSIS THAT ILLUMINATES MIL)
• When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this stage.
• If the same malfunction is detected at the 2nd trip, TCM memorizes DTC and MIL lights at the same time.
• Then, MIL goes after driving the vehicle for 3 trips under “Driving condition B” without malfunction.
• DTC is displayed until 40 trips of “Driving condition A” are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction.
DTC is erased when 40 trips are satisfied.

Revision: December 2015 TM-107 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• When the self-diagnosis result is acceptable at the 2nd trip (conforming to driving condition B), DTC of the
1st trip is erased.
COUNTER SYSTEM LIST

Item Driving pattern Trip


MIL (OFF) B 3
DTC (clear) A 40
DTC at 1st trip (clear) B 1

DRIVING CONDITION
Driving pattern A
Driving pattern A is the driving condition that provides warm-up.
In specific, count-up is performed when all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Engine speed is 400 rpm or more.
• After start of the engine, the water temperature increased by 20°C (36°F) or more.
• Water temperature was 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch was changed from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• If the same malfunction is detected regardless of the driving condition, reset the A counter.
• When the above is satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, count up the A counter.
• When MIL goes off due to the malfunction and the A counter reaches 40, the DTC is erased.
Driving pattern B
Driving pattern B is the driving condition that performs all diagnoses once.
In specific, count-up is performed when all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Engine speed is 400 rpm or more.
• Water temperature was 70°C (158°F) or more.
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (43 – 75 MPH) continued for 60 seconds or more.
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) continued for 10 seconds or more.
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less and idle determination ON continued for 12
seconds or more.
• After start of the engine, 22 minutes or more have passed.
• The condition that the vehicle speed is 10km/h (6 MPH) or more continued for 10 seconds or more in total.
• The ignition switch was changed from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• If the same malfunction is detected regardless of the driving condition, reset the B counter.
• When the above is satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, count up the B counter.
• When the B counter reaches 3 without malfunction, MIL goes off.
• When the B counter is counted once without detecting the same malfunction after TCM memorizes DTC of
the 1st trip, DTC of the 1st trip is erased.

Revision: December 2015 TM-108 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
TIME CHART
A

TM

N
JSDIA1868GB

CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000012787473


O

APPLICABLE ITEM
P
Conditions Function
All DTC Reading Display all DTCs or diagnostic items that all ECUs are recording and judging.
Work Support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately.
Self Diagnostic Results Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items.
Data Monitor Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time.
CAN Diagnosis This mode displays a network diagnosis result about CAN by a diagram.

Revision: December 2015 TM-109 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Conditions Function
CAN Diagnosis Support Mon-
It monitors the status of CAN communication.
itor
ECU Identification Display the ECU identification number (part number etc.) of the selected system.
CALIB DATA The calibration data status of TCM can be checked.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS


Refer to TM-127, "DTC Index".
DTC at 1st trip and method to read DTC
• DTC (P0705, P0711, P0720, etc.) is specified by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
• DTC and DTC at 1st trip are displayed on “Self Diagnostic results” of CONSULT.
When DTC is currently detected, “CRNT” is displayed. If “PAST” is displayed, it shows a malfunction
occurred in the past. The trip number of drive without malfunction of concerned DTC can be confirmed with
“IGN counter” inside “FFD”.
• When the DTC at the 1st trip is detected, the “timing” is displayed as “1t”.
DTC deletion method
NOTE:
• If the battery terminal is disconnected, the TCM memory is erased. (The disconnection time varies from sev-
eral seconds to several hours.
• If the ignition switch is left ON after repair, turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 10 seconds or more.
Then, turn the ignition ON again. (Engine stop)
1. Touch “TRANSMISSION” of CONSULT.
2. Touch “Self Diagnostic Result”.
3. Touch “Erase”. (DTC memorized in TCM is erased.)
IGN counter
The ignition counter is displayed in “FFD” and the number of times of satisfied “Driving pattern A” is displayed
after normal recovery of DTC. Refer to TM-107, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System".
• If malfunction (DTC) is currently detected, “0” is displayed.
• After normal recovery, every time “Driving pattern A” is satisfied, the display value increases from 1 → 2 →
3...38 → 39.
• When MIL turns OFF due to the malfunction and the counter reaches 40, the DTC is erased.
NOTE:
The counter display of “40” cannot be checked.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
×: Application : Optional selection

Monitor item selection

Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks


MAIN SIG-
PUT SIG-
NALS
NALS
Displays the vehicle speed calculated from the CVT out-
VSP SENSOR (km/h or mph) ×
put shaft speed.
Displays the vehicle speed signal (ABS) received
ESTM VSP SIG (km/h or mph) ×
through CAN communication.
Displays the primary pulley speed calculated from the
PRI SPEED SEN (rpm) ×
pulse signal of the primary speed sensor.
Displays the secondary pulley speed calculated from the
SEC REV SENSOR (rpm) ×
pulse signal of the secondary speed sensor.
Displays the CVT output shaft speed calculated from the
VHCL/S SE (REV) (rpm) ×
pulse signal of the output speed sensor.
Displays the engine speed received through CAN com-
ENG SPEED SIG (rpm) ×
munication.
LINE PRESSURE SEN (V) × Displays the signal voltage of the line pressure sensor.

Revision: December 2015 TM-110 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Monitor item selection
A
Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks
MAIN SIG-
PUT SIG-
NALS
NALS
Displays the signal voltage of the CVT fluid temperature B
ATF TEMP SEN (V) ×
sensor.
G SENSOR (V) × Displays the signal voltage of the G sensor.
C
VIGN SEN (V) × Displays the battery voltage applied to TCM.

VEHICLE SPEED (km/h or mph) × Displays the vehicle speed recognized by TCM.
Displays the input shaft speed of CVT recognized by TM
INPUT REV (rpm)
TCM.
PRI SPEED (rpm) × Displays the primary pulley speed recognized by TCM.
E
Displays the secondary pulley speed recognized by
SEC SPEED (rpm)
TCM.
Displays the output shaft speed of CVT recognized by
OUTPUT REV (rpm)
TCM.
F

ENG SPEED (rpm) × Displays the engine speed recognized by TCM.

SLIP REV (rpm) ×


Displays the speed difference between the input shaft G
speed of CVT and the engine speed.
Displays the total CVT gear ratio calculated from input
TOTAL GEAR RATIO ×
shaft speed/output shaft speed of CVT. H
Displays the pulley gear ratio calculated from primary
PULLEY GEAR RATIO ×
pulley speed/secondary pulley speed.
Displays the gear position of the auxiliary gearbox recog- I
AUX GEARBOX
nized by TCM.
Displays the acceleration and deceleration speed of the
G SPEED (G)
vehicle calculated from vehicle speed change.
J
Displays the estimated throttle position received through
ACCEL POSI SEN 1 (deg) × ×
CAN communication.
VENG TRQ (Nm) × Display the engine torque recognized by TCM. K
PRI TRQ (Nm) Display the input shaft torque of CVT.

TRQ RTO Display the torque ratio of torque converter.


L
Displays the secondary pressure (line pressure) calcu-
LINE PRESSURE (MPa) × lated from the signal voltage of the secondary pressure
sensor.
M
Displays the CVT fluid temperature calculated from the
FLUID TEMP (°C or °F) ×
signal voltage of the CVT fluid temperature sensor.
Displays the target primary pulley speed calculated from
DSR REV (rpm)
processing of gear shift control.
N

Displays the target gear ratio from the input shaft to the
TRGT GEAR RATIO output shaft of CVT calculated from processing of gear
shift control. O
Displays the target gear ratio of the pulley from process-
TGT PLLY GR RATIO
ing of gear shift control.
Displays the target gear of the auxiliary gearbox calculat- P
TRGT AUX GEARBOX
ed from processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the torque converter
LU PRS (MPa) clutch solenoid valve calculated from oil pressure pro-
cessing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the line pressure sole-
LINE PRS (MPa) noid valve calculated from oil pressure processing of
gear shift control.

Revision: December 2015 TM-111 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Monitor item selection

Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks


MAIN SIG-
PUT SIG-
NALS
NALS
Displays the target oil pressure of the primary pressure
TRGT PRI PRESSURE (MPa) solenoid valve calculated from oil pressure processing of
gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the high clutch & re-
TRGT HC/RB PRESS (MPa) verse brake solenoid valve calculated from oil pressure
processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the low brake solenoid
TRGT LB PRESSURE (MPa) valve calculated from oil pressure processing of gear
shift control.
Displays the command current from TCM to the torque
ISOLT1 (A) ×
converter clutch solenoid valve.
Displays the command current from TCM to the line
ISOLT2 (A) ×
pressure solenoid valve.
Displays the command current from TCM to the primary
PRI SOLENOID (A) ×
pressure solenoid valve.
Displays the command current from TCM to the high
HC/RB SOLENOID (A) ×
clutch& reverse brake solenoid valve.
Displays the command current from TCM to the low
L/B SOLENOID (A) ×
brake solenoid valve.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the torque
SOLMON1 (A) × × converter clutch solenoid valve and displays the moni-
tored value.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the line
SOLMON2 (A) × × pressure solenoid valve and displays the monitored val-
ue.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the primary
PRI SOL MON (A) × × pressure solenoid valve and displays the monitored val-
ue.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the high
HC/RB SOL MON (A) × × clutch& reverse brake solenoid valve and displays the
monitored value.
Monitors the current command from TCM to the low
L/B SOL MON (A) × ×
brake solenoid valve and displays the monitored value.
Displays the operation status of the transmission range
D POSITION SW (On/Off) ×
switch (D position).
Displays the operation status of the transmission range
N POSITION SW (On/Off) ×
switch (N position).
Displays the operation status of the transmission range
R POSITION SW (On/Off) ×
switch (R position).
Displays the operation status of the transmission range
P POSITION SW (On/Off) ×
switch (P position).
Displays the reception status of the stop lamp switch sig-
BRAKESW (On/Off) × ×
nal received through CAN communication.
Displays the operation status of the transmission range
L POSITION SW (On/Off) ×
switch (L position).
Displays the reception status of the closed throttle posi-
IDLE SW (On/Off) × ×
tion signal received through CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the overdrive control
SPORT MODE SW (On/Off) × ×
switch signal received through CAN communication.
• Displays the operation status of the paddle shifter
STRDWNSW (On/Off) × (down switch).
• It is displayed although not equipped.

Revision: December 2015 TM-112 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Monitor item selection
A
Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks
MAIN SIG-
PUT SIG-
NALS
NALS
• Displays the operation status of the paddle shifter (up B
STRUPSW (On/Off) × switch).
• It is displayed although not equipped.
• Displays the operation status of the selector lever C
DOWNLVR (On/Off) × (down switch).
• It is displayed although not equipped.
• Displays the operation status of the selector lever (up TM
UPLVR (On/Off) × switch).
• It is displayed although not equipped.
• Displays if the selector lever position is not at the man-
NONMMODE (On/Off) × ual shift gate. E
• It is displayed although not equipped.
• Displays if the selector lever position is at the manual
MMODE (On/Off) × shift gate. F
• It is displayed although not equipped.
Displays the transmission status of the shift position (L
INDLRNG (On/Off) position) signal transmitted through CAN communica- G
tion.
Displays the transmission status of the shift position (D
INDDRNG (On/Off) position) signal transmitted through CAN communica-
tion. H
Displays the transmission status of the shift position (N
INGNRNG (On/Off) position) signal transmitted through CAN communica-
tion. I
Displays the transmission status of the shift position (R
INGRRNG (On/Off) position) signal transmitted through CAN communica-
tion. J
Displays the transmission status of the shift position (P
INGPRNG (On/Off) position) signal transmitted through CAN communica-
tion.
K
Displays the transmission status of the OD OFF indicator
CVT LAMP (On/Off)
lamp signal transmitted through CAN communication.
Displays the transmission status of the OD OFF indicator L
SPORT MODE IND (On/Off)
lamp signal transmitted through CAN communication.
• Displays the transmission status of the manual mode
MMODE IND (On/Off) signal transmitted through CAN communication.
• It is displayed although not equipped. M
Displays the reception status of the SPORT mode switch
SPORT MODE SW 1 (On/Off)
signal received through CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the VDC operation signal
N
VDC ON (On/Off) ×
received through CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the TCS operation signal
TCS ON (On/Off) × O
received through CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the ABS malfunction sig-
ABS FAIL SIGNAL (On/Off) ×
nal received through CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the ABS operation signal P
ABS ON (On/Off) ×
received through CAN communication.
• Displays the reception status of the 4WD malfunction
4WD FAIL SIGNAL (On/Off) × signal received through CAN communication.
• It is displayed although not equipped.
• Displays the reception status of the 4WD operation
4WD OPERATION SIG (On/Off) × signal received through CAN communication.
• It is displayed although not equipped.

Revision: December 2015 TM-113 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Monitor item selection

Monitored item (Unit) ECU IN- Remarks


MAIN SIG-
PUT SIG-
NALS
NALS
• Displays the reception status of the engine torque
down request signal received through CAN communi-
4WD-TCS SIGNAL (On/Off) ×
cation.
• It is displayed although not equipped.

RANGE × Displays the gear position recognized by TCM.


• Display the target gear of manual mode
M GEAR POS ×
• It is displayed although not equipped.
Displays the gradient angle calculated from the G sensor
G SEN SLOPE (%)
signal voltage.
Displays the setting of “ENGINE BRAKE ADJ.” in “Work
ENGBRKLVL (On/Off)
Support”.

PVIGN VOLT (V) × Displays the backup voltage of TCM.


Displays the target gear ratio of the auxiliary gearbox cal-
TRGT AUX GR RATIO
culated from processing of gear shift control.
• Displays the reception status of the ECO mode switch
ECO SW (On/Off) signal received through CAN communication.
• Models with ECO mode are displayed.
Displays the status of “G SENSOR CALIBRATION” in
G SEN CALIBRATION (YET/DONE)
“Work support”.
N IDLE STATUS (On/Off) Displays idle neutral status.

• Displays CVT fluid temperature count.


CVT-B
• This monitor item does not use.
• Displays CVT fluid temperature count.
CVT-A
• This monitor item does not use.

WORK SUPPORT

Item name Description


Although there is no malfunction on the transaxle and the CVT system, if a customer
make a complaint like “I do not feel comfortable with automatic operation of the engine
ENGINE BRAKE ADJ.
brake on downhill”, the engine brake may be cancelled with “engine brake adjust-
ment”.
CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN Check the degradation level of the CVT fluid under severe conditions.
G SENSOR CALIBRATION Compensate the G sensor.
ERASE CALIBRATION DATA Erase the calibration data memorized by TCM.
ERASE LEARNING VALUE Erase the learning value memorized by TCM.
Perform “erasing of the calibration data” and “erasing of the learned value” at the same
ERASE MEMORY DATA
time.

Engine brake adjustment

ENGINE BRAKE LEVEL


ON : Turn ON the engine brake control.
OFF : Turn OFF the engine brake control.

Check the degradation level of the CVT fluid.

CVTF degradation level data


210,000 or more : Replacement of the CVT fluid is required.
Less than 210,000 : Replacement of the CVT fluid is not required.

Revision: December 2015 TM-114 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


TCM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000012787474
B

CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE


NOTE: C
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• In CONSULT, electric shift timing or lock-up timing, i.e. operation timing of each solenoid valve, is displayed.
Therefore, if there is an obvious difference between the shift timing estimated from a shift shock (or engine TM
speed variations) and that shown on the CONSULT, the mechanism parts (including the hydraulic circuit)
excluding the solenoids and sensors may be malfunctioning. In this case, check the mechanical parts follow-
ing the appropriate diagnosis procedure. E
• Shift point (gear position) displayed on CONSULT slightly differs from shift pattern described in Service Man-
ual. This is due to the following reasons.
- Actual shift pattern may vary slightly within specified tolerances.
- While shift pattern described in Service Manual indicates start of each shift, CONSULT shows gear position F
at end of shift.
- The solenoid display (ON/OFF) on CONSULT is changed at the start of gear shifting. In contrast, the gear
position display is changed at the time when gear shifting calculated in the control unit is completed. G

Monitor item Condition Value/Status (Approx.)


VSP SENSOR While driving Almost same as the speedometer display. H
ESTM VSP SIG While driving Almost same as the speedometer display.
A value obtained from dividing engine
PRI SPEED SEN In driving (lock-up ON)
speed by counter gear ratio I
Approximately twice the “VHCL/S SE
Auxiliary gearbox: 1GR
SEC REV SENSOR (REV)”
Auxiliary gearbox: 2GR Almost same as the “VHCL/S SE (REV)” J
Approximately half of the “SEC REV SEN-
Auxiliary gearbox: 1GR
VHCL/S SE (REV) SOR”
Auxiliary gearbox: 2GR Almost same as the “SEC REV SENSOR” K
ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Almost same reading as tachometer
• Selector lever: “N” position
LINE PRESSURE SEN 0.88 – 0.92 V L
• At idle
CVT fluid: Approx. 20°C (68°F) 2.01 – 2.05 V
ATF TEMP SEN CVT fluid: Approx. 50°C (122°F) 1.45 – 1.50 V M
CVT fluid: Approx. 80°C (176°F) 0.90 – 0.94 V
G SENSOR Vehicle is level 2.5 V
VIGN SEN Ignition switch: ON 10 – 16 V N
VEHICLE SPEED While driving Almost same as the speedometer display.
INPUT REV In driving (lock-up ON) Almost same as the engine speed.
O
A value obtained from dividing engine
PRI SPEED In driving (lock-up ON)
speed by counter gear ratio
Auxiliary gearbox: 1GR Approximately twice the “OUTPUT REV” P
SEC SPEED
Auxiliary gearbox: 2GR Almost same as “OUTPUT REV”
Auxiliary gearbox: 1GR Approximately half of “SEC SPEED”
OUTPUT REV
Auxiliary gearbox: 2GR Almost same as “SEC SPEED”
ENG SPEED Engine running Almost same reading as tachometer
SLIP REV While driving Engine speed − Input speed

Revision: December 2015 TM-115 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status (Approx.)
Counter gear ratio × Pulley ratio Auxiliary
Auxiliary gearbox: 1GR
TOTAL GEAR RATIO gearbox gear ratio
Auxiliary gearbox: 2GR Counter gear ratio × Pulley ratio
In driving (forward) 2.20 − 0.55
PULLEY GEAR RATIO
In driving (reverse) 2.20
Vehicle started with selector lever in “L” position 1st
Release the accelerator pedal after the follow-
ing conditions are satisfied
AUX GEARBOX • Selector lever: “D” position 2nd
• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or less
• Vehicle speed: 50 km/h (31 MPH) or more
In gear shifting of auxiliary gearbox 1st ⇔ 2nd
Vehicle stopped 0.00 G
The value changes to the positive side
During acceleration
G SPEED along with acceleration.
The value changes to the positive side
During deceleration
along with deceleration.
Accelerator pedal released 0.00 deg
ACCEL POSI SEN 1
Accelerator pedal fully depressed 80.00 deg
The value changes along with acceleration/
VENG TRQ While driving
deceleration.
The value changes along with acceleration/
PRI TRQ While driving
deceleration.
The value changes along with acceleration/
TRQ RTO While driving
deceleration.
LINE PRESSURE Selector lever: “P” position 0.575 MPa
FLUID TEMP Ignition switch ON Displays the CVT fluid temperature.
DSR REV While driving It varies along with the driving condition.
TRGT GEAR RATIO While driving It varies along with the driving condition.
In driving (forward) 2.20 − 0.55
TGT PLLY GR RATIO
In driving (reverse) 2.20
Vehicle started with selector lever in “L” position 1st
Release the accelerator pedal after the follow-
ing conditions are satisfied
TRGT AUX GEARBOX • Selector lever: “D” position 2nd
• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or less
• Vehicle speed: 50 km/h (31 MPH) or more
In gear shifting of auxiliary gearbox Display gear position after gear shifting
• Engine started
−0.500 MPa
• Vehicle is stopped
LU PRS • Selector lever: “D” position
• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or less 0.450 MPa
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more
• After engine warm up
• Selector lever: “N” position 0.500 MPa
• At idle
LINE PRS
• After engine warming up
• Selector lever: “D” position 4.930 – 5.430 MPa
• Depress the accelerator pedal fully
• Selector lever: “L” position
TRGT PRI PRESSURE 0.325 MPa
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

Revision: December 2015 TM-116 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status (Approx.)
A
• Selector lever: “L” position
0.000 MPa
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
Release the accelerator pedal after the follow-
TRGT HC/RB PRESS ing conditions are satisfied B
• Selector lever: “D” position 0.400 MPa
• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or less
• Vehicle speed: 50 km/h (31 MPH) or more
C
• Selector lever: “L” position
0.325 MPa
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
Release the accelerator pedal after the follow- TM
TRGT LB PRESSURE ing conditions are satisfied
• Selector lever: “D” position 0.000 MPa
• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or less
• Vehicle speed: 50 km/h (31 MPH) or more E
ISOLT1 — —
ISOLT2 — —
PRI SOLENOID — —
F
HC/RB SOLENOID — —
L/B SOLENOID — —
G
SOLMON1 — —
SOLMON2 — —
PRI SOL MON — — H
HC/RB SOL MON — —
L/B SOL MON — —
I
Selector lever: “D” position On
D POSITION SW
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “N” position On J
N POSITION SW
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “R” position On
R POSITION SW K
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “P” position On
P POSITION SW
Other than the above Off L
Brake pedal is depressed On
BRAKESW
Brake pedal is released Off
M
Selector lever: “L” position On
L POSITION SW
Other than the above Off
Accelerator pedal is released On N
IDLE SW
Accelerator pedal is fully depressed Off
Press the overdrive control switch On
SPORT MODE SW
Release the overdrive control switch Off O
STRDWNSW Always Off
STRUPSW Always Off
P
DOWNLVR Always Off
UPLVR Always Off
NONMMODE Always Off
MMODE Always Off
Selector lever: “L” position On
INDLRNG
Other than the above Off

Revision: December 2015 TM-117 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status (Approx.)
Selector lever: “D” position On
INDDRNG
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “N” position On
INDNRNG
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “R” position On
INDRRNG
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “P” position On
INDPRNG
Other than the above Off
In OD OFF On
CVT LAMP
Other than the above Off
In OD OFF On
SPORT MODE IND
Other than the above Off
MMODE IND Always Off
Press the SPORT mode switch On
SPORT MODE SW 1
Release the SPORT mode switch Off
VDC is activated On
VDC ON
Other than the above Off
TCS is activated On
TCS ON
Other than the above Off
When ABS malfunction signal is received On
ABS FAIL SIGNAL
Other than the above Off
ABS is activated On
ABS ON
Other than the above Off
4WD FAIL SIGNAL Always Off
4WD OPERATION SIG Always Off
4WD-TCS SIGNAL Always Off
Selector lever: “P” and “N” positions N/P
Selector lever: “R” position R
RANGE Selector lever: “D” position (in OD ON) D
Selector lever: “D” position (in OD OFF) S
Selector lever: “L” position L
M GEAR POS Always 1
Flat road 0%
The value changes to the positive side
Uphill gradient along with uphill gradient. (Maximum
G SEN SLOPE 40.45%)
The value changes to the negative side
Downhill gradient along with downhill gradient. (Minimum −
40.45%)
When the engine brake level of “ENGINE
On
BRAKE ADJ”. in “Work Support” is ON
ENGBRKLVL
When the engine brake level of “ENGINE
Off
BRAKE ADJ”. in “Work Support” is OFF
PVIGN VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V

Revision: December 2015 TM-118 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Monitor item Condition Value/Status (Approx.)
A
Vehicle started with selector lever in “L” position 1.80
Release the accelerator pedal after the follow-
TRGT AUX GR RATIO ing conditions are satisfied
• Selector lever: “D” position 1.00 B
• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or less
• Vehicle speed: 50 km/h (31 MPH) or more
Press the ECO mode switch On C
ECO SW
Release the ECO mode switch Off
When G sensor calibration is completed DONE
G SEN CALIBRATION TM
When G sensor calibration is not completed YET
When idle neutral control is operated On
N IDLE STATUS
When idle neutral control is not operated Off E
CVT-B* — —
CVT-A* — —
*: This monitor item does not use. F

TERMINAL LAYOUT
G

JSDIA1968ZZ
J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL STANDARD

Terminal No.
Description
K
(Wire color)
Condition Value (Approx.)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output L
2 Selector lever: “L” position 10 − 16 V
Ground L range switch Input
(BR) Other than the above 0V
Selector lever: “D” position 10 − 16 V M
4
Ground D range switch Input
(W) Other than the above 0V
Ignition Selector lever: “N” position 10 − 16 V
5 N
Ground N range switch Input switch
(LG) Other than the above 0V
ON
6 Selector lever: “R” position 10 − 16 V
Ground R range switch Input
(G) Other than the above 0V O
7 Selector lever: “P” position 10 − 16 V
Ground P range switch Input
(SB) Other than the above 0V
P
11
Ground Sensor ground — Always 0V
(Y)

Revision: December 2015 TM-119 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value (Approx.)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output
CVT fluid: Approx. 20°C
2.01 – 2.05 V
(68°F)
Ignition
12 CVT fluid tempera- CVT fluid: Approx. 50°C
Ground Input switch 1.45 – 1.50 V
(SB) ture sensor (122°F)
ON
CVT fluid: Approx. 80°C
0.90 – 0.94 V
(176°F)
Ignition
14 When the vehicle stops on
Ground G sensor Input switch 2.5 V
(G) a flat road
ON
16 Secondary pres- • Selector lever: “N” position
Ground Input 0.88 – 0.92 V
(P) sure sensor • At idle
21 ROM ASSY
— — — —
(O) (CHIP SELECT)
22 ROM ASSY
— — — —
(GR) (DATA I/O)
23 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
200 Hz

24 Output speed sen- • Selector lever: “L” position


Ground Input
(V) sor • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

JSDIA1904GB

26 Sensor power sup- Ignition switch: ON 5.0 V


Ground Output
(R) ply Ignition switch: OFF 0V

• After engine warming up


• Selector lever: “N” position
• At idle

30 Line pressure sole- JSDIA1897GB


Ground Output
(Y) noid valve

• After engine warming up


• Selector lever: “D” position
• Depress the accelerator pedal fully

JSDIA1898GB

31 ROM ASSY
— — — —
(V) (CLOCK)
33 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output

Revision: December 2015 TM-120 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) A
Condition Value (Approx.)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output
700 Hz B

34 Secondary speed • Selector lever: “L” position C


Ground Input
(R) sensor • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

JSDIA1905GB TM
1,100 Hz

E
35 Primary speed sen- • Selector lever: “L” position
Ground Input
(O) sor • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

F
JSDIA1906GB

In driving at “L” position


H

High clutch & re-


37 JSDIA1897GB
Ground verse brake sole- Output I
(L)
noid valve
Release the accelerator pedal after
the following conditions are satisfied
• Selector lever: “D” position J
• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or
less
• Vehicle speed: 50 km/h (31 MPH) or
more K
JSDIA3653GB

• Selector lever: “D” position L


• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or
less
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH) or
M
more
Torque converter
38 JSDIA1900GB
Ground clutch solenoid Output
(LG) N
valve

• Engine started
O
• Vehicle is stopped

JSDIA1901GB P

Revision: December 2015 TM-121 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value (Approx.)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output

• Selector lever: “L” position


• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

39 Low brake solenoid JSDIA1902GB


Ground Output
(G) valve
Release the accelerator pedal after
the following conditions are satisfied
• Selector lever: “D” position
• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or
less
• Vehicle speed: 50 km/h (31 MPH) or
more
JSDIA1903GB

40 Primary pressure • Selector lever: “L” position


Ground Output
(W) solenoid valve • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

JSDIA1897GB

41
Ground Ground — Always 0V
(B)
42
Ground Ground — Always 0V
(B)
Battery power sup-
45
Ground ply (memory back- Input Always 10 − 16 V
(V)
up)
Battery power sup-
46
Ground ply (memory back- Input Always 10 − 16 V
(GR)
up)

47 Ignition power sup- Ignition switch: ON 10 − 16 V


Ground Input
(LG) ply Ignition switch: OFF 0V

48 Ignition power sup- Ignition switch: ON 10 − 16 V


Ground Input
(W) ply Ignition switch: OFF 0V

Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000012787475

TCM has a fail-safe mode. The mode functions so that operation can be continued even if the signal circuit of
the main electronically controlled input/output parts is damaged.
If the vehicle shows following behaviors including “poor acceleration”, a malfunction of the applicable system
is detected by TCM and the vehicle may be in a fail-safe mode. At this time, check the DTC code and perform
inspection and repair according to the malfunction diagnosis procedures.
Fail-safe function

Revision: December 2015 TM-122 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

DTC Vehicle behavior Conditions of vehicle A


P062F • Not changed from normal driving —
• Shift position indicator on combination meter is not dis-
played B
• Selector shock is large
P0705 —
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed C
• Shift position indicator on combination meter is not dis-
played
P0706
• Selector shock is large
— TM
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
E
Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. ≥
• Acceleration is slow
10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start:-35°C (-
P0711 F
• Start is slow 31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. < -
• Start is slow 35°C (-31°F)
Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. ≥ G
• Acceleration is slow
10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start:-35°C (-
P0712 H
• Start is slow 31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. < -
• Start is slow 35°C (-31°F)
Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. ≥ I
• Acceleration is slow
10°C (50°F)
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start:-35°C (-
P0713
• Start is slow 31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F) J
• Selector shock is large Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. < -
• Start is slow 35°C (-31°F)
• Selector shock is large K
• Start is slow
P0715 • Acceleration is slow —
• Vehicle speed is not increased
• Lock-up is not performed
L
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0720 —
• Acceleration is slow M
• Lock-up is not performed
P0740 • Lock-up is not performed —
P0743 • Lock-up is not performed — N
P0744 • Lock-up is not performed —
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow O
P0746 • Acceleration is slow —
• Vehicle speed is not increased
• Lock-up is not performed
P
• Start is slow
P0846 —
• Acceleration is slow
P0847 • Acceleration is slow —
• Start is slow
P0848 —
• Acceleration is slow

Revision: December 2015 TM-123 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
DTC Vehicle behavior Conditions of vehicle
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0863 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0890 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0962 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0963 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0965 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0966 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P0967 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
• Start is slow
P0998 —
• Lock-up is not performed
• Start is slow
Wire disconnection
• Lock-up is not performed
P0999
• Vehicle speed is not increased
Voltage shorting
• Lock-up is not performed
P099B • Start is slow —
• Start is slow
Wire disconnection
• Lock-up is not performed
P099C
• Vehicle speed is not increased
Voltage shorting
• Lock-up is not performed
P1586 • Not changed from normal driving —
P1588 • Not changed from normal driving —
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
P2765 • Acceleration is slow —
• Vehicle speed is not increased
• Lock-up is not performed
• Start is slow
P2857 —
• Lock-up is not performed
• Vehicle speed is not increased
P2858 —
• Lock-up is not performed
P2859 • Vehicle speed is not increased —
P285A • Start is slow —
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
U0073 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed

Revision: December 2015 TM-124 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
DTC Vehicle behavior Conditions of vehicle
A
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
U0100 —
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed B
U0140 • Not changed from normal driving —
U0141 • Not changed from normal driving —
U0155 • Not changed from normal driving — C
• Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
U0300 —
• Acceleration is slow TM
• Lock-up is not performed
U1000 • Not changed from normal driving —
U1117 • Not changed from normal driving — E

Protection control INFOID:0000000012787476

F
The TCM becomes the protection control status temporarily to protect the safety when the safety of TCM and
transmission is lost. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured.
The TCM has the following protection control.
G
CONTROL FOR WHEEL SPIN

When a wheel spin is detected, the engine output and gear ratio are limited and the line pressure is increased.
Control
At the 1GR, the clutch pressure is increased.
H
Vehicle behavior in If the accelerator is kept depressing during wheel spin, the engine revolution and vehicle speed are limited to
control a certain degree. From the 1GR, upshift to a certain gear ratio is only allowed.
I
Normal return condi-
Wheel spin convergence returns the control to the normal control.
tion

CONTROL WHEN FLUID TEMPERATURE IS HIGH J

When the CVT fluid temperature is high, the gear shift permission maximum revolution and the maximum
Control
torque are reduced than usual to prevent increase of the oil temperature.
K
Vehicle behavior in
Power performance may be lowered, compared to normal control.
control
Normal return condi-
tion
The control returns to the normal control when CVT fluid temperature is lowered. L

TORQUE IS REDUCED WHEN DRIVING WITH THE REVERSE GEAR


M
Control Engine output is controlled according to a vehicle speed while reversing the vehicle.
Vehicle behavior in
Power performance may be lowered while reversing the vehicle.
control N
Normal return condi-
Torque returns to normal by positioning the selector lever in a range other than “R” position.
tion

REVERSE PROHIBIT CONTROL O

The reverse brake is controlled to avoid becoming engaged when the selector lever is set in “R” position while
Control
driving in forward direction at more than the specified speed. P
Vehicle behavior in If the selector lever is put at “R” position when driving with the forward gear, the gear becomes neutral, not
control reverse.
Normal return condi- The control returns to normal control when the vehicle is driven at low speeds. (The reverse brake becomes
tion engaged.)

Revision: December 2015 TM-125 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012787477

If multiple malfunction codes are detected at the same time, check each code according to the DTC check pri-
ority list below.

Priority DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) Reference


P0863 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) TM-202
U0073 COMM BUS A OFF TM-156
U0100 LOST COMM (ECM A) TM-157
U0140 LOST COMM (BCM) TM-158
1 U0141 LOST COMM (BCM A) TM-159
U0155 LOST COMM (IPC) TM-160
U0300 CAN COMM DATA TM-161
U1000 CAN COMM CIRC TM-162
U1117 LOST COMM (ABS) TM-163
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER TM-188
P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER TM-190
P0962 PC SOLENOID A TM-205
P0963 PC SOLENOID A TM-207
P0966 PC SOLENOID B TM-210
2
P0967 PC SOLENOID B TM-212
P0998 SHIFT SOLENOID F TM-214
P0999 SHIFT SOLENOID F TM-216
P099B SHIFT SOLENOID G TM-218
P099C SHIFT SOLENOID G TM-220
3 P0890 TCM TM-203
P062F EEPROM TM-164
P0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A TM-165
P0706 T/M RANGE SENSOR A TM-171
P0711 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A TM-178
P0712 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A TM-178
P0713 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A TM-180
4
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A TM-182
P0847 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B TM-198
P0848 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B TM-200
P1586 G SENSOR TM-222
P1588 G SENSOR TM-225
P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B TM-227
5 P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR TM-185
P0746 PC SOLENOID A TM-194
P2857 CLUTCH A PRESSURE TM-230
6 P2858 CLUTCH B PRESSURE TM-232
P2859 CLUTCH A PRESSURE TM-234
P285A CLUTCH B PRESSURE TM-236
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER TM-192
7 P0846 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B TM-196
P0965 PC SOLENOID B TM-209

Revision: December 2015 TM-126 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
DTC Index INFOID:0000000012787478

A
NOTE:
• If multiple malfunction codes are detected at the same time, check each code according to the “DTC check
priority list”. TM-126, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart". B
• The ignition counter is displayed in “FFD”. Refer to TM-109, "CONSULT Function".

DTC*1, *2 Perma-
Items nent DTC C
CONSULT (CONSULT screen terms)
Trip MIL*3 Reference
GST group*4
(TRANSMISSION)
P062F P062F EEPROM 1 ON B TM-164
TM
P0705 P0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 2 ON B TM-165
P0706 P0706 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 2 ON B TM-171
P0711 P0711 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 2 ON A TM-174 E
P0712 P0712 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 2 ON B TM-178
P0713 P0713 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 2 ON B TM-180
F
P0715 P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A 2 ON B TM-182
P0720 P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 2 ON B TM-185
P0740 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON B TM-188 G
P0743 P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON B TM-190
P0744 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON B TM-192
H
P0746 P0746 PC SOLENOID A 2 ON B TM-194
P0846 P0846 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B 2 ON B TM-196
P0847 P0847 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B 2 ON B TM-198 I
P0848 P0848 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B 2 ON B TM-200
P0863 P0863 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) 1 ON B TM-202
P0890 P0890 TCM 1 ON B TM-203
J

P0962 P0962 PC SOLENOID A 2 ON B TM-205


P0963 P0963 PC SOLENOID A 2 ON B TM-207 K
P0965 P0965 PC SOLENOID B 2 ON B TM-209
P0966 P0966 PC SOLENOID B 2 ON B TM-210
P0967 P0967 PC SOLENOID B 2 ON B TM-212 L
P0998 P0998 SHIFT SOLENOID F 2 ON B TM-214
P0999 P0999 SHIFT SOLENOID F 2 ON B TM-216
M
P099B P099B SHIFT SOLENOID G 2 ON B TM-218
P099C P099C SHIFT SOLENOID G 2 ON B TM-220
— P1586 G SENSOR 1 — — TM-222 N
— P1588 G SENSOR 1 — — TM-225
P2765 P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B 2 ON B TM-227
O
P2857 P2857 CLUTCH A PRESSURE 2 ON B TM-230
P2858 P2858 CLUTCH B PRESSURE 2 ON B TM-232
P2859 P2859 CLUTCH A PRESSURE 2 ON B TM-234 P
P285A P285A CLUTCH B PRESSURE 2 ON B TM-236
U0073 U0073 COMM BUS A OFF 1 ON B TM-156
U0100 U0100 LOST COMM (ECM A) 1 ON B TM-157
— U0140 LOST COMM (BCM) 1 — — TM-158
— U0141 LOST COMM (BCM A) 1 — — TM-159

Revision: December 2015 TM-127 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

DTC*1, *2 Perma-
Items nent DTC
CONSULT (CONSULT screen terms)
Trip MIL*3 Reference
GST group*4
(TRANSMISSION)
— U0155 LOST COMM (IPC) 1 — — TM-160
— U0300 CAN COMM DATA 1 — — TM-161
— U1000 CAN COMM CIRC 1 — — TM-162
— U1117 LOST COMM (ABS) 1 — — TM-163
*1: These numbers are specified by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*2: The DTC number of the 1st trip is the same as the DTC number.
*3: Refer to TM-107, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
*4: Refer to TM-155, "Description".

Revision: December 2015 TM-128 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

WIRING DIAGRAM A
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000012787479
B

TM

ABDWA0862GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-129 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

ABDWA0958GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-130 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

TM

ABDIA1890GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-131 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

ABDIA1891GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-132 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

TM

ABDIA1892GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-133 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

ABDIA1893GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-134 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

TM

ABDIA1273GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-135 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

ABDIA1600GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-136 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000012787480

TM

ABDWA0957GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-137 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

ABDIA1889GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-138 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F11A]

TM

AADIA0460GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-139 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000012787481

NOTE:
“DTC” includes DTC at the 1st trip.
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM
Refer to TM-141, "Diagnostic Work Sheet" and interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information
(conditions and environment when the malfunction occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings
in the vehicle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Before checking the malfunction, check whether any DTC exists.
2. If DTC exists, perform the following operations.
- Records the DTCs. (Print out using CONSULT and affix to the Work Order Sheet.)
- Erase DTCs.
- Check the relation between the cause found by DTC and the malfunction information from customer. TM-
248, "Symptom Table" can be used effectively.
3. Check the relevant information including STI, etc.
Do malfunction information and DTC exists?
Malfunction information and DTC exists.>>GO TO 3.
Malfunction information exists but no DTC.>>GO TO 4.
No malfunction information, but DTC exists.>>GO TO 5.
3.REPRODUCE MALFUCTION SYSTEM
Check the malfunction described by the customer on the vehicle.
Check if the behavior is fail safe or normal operation. Refer toTM-122, "Fail-Safe".
Interview sheet can be used effectively when reproduce malfunction conditions. Refer to TM-141, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the cus-
tomer occurs.

>> GO TO 5.
4.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM
Check the malfunction described by the customer on the vehicle.
Check if the behavior is fail safe or normal operation. Refer toTM-122, "Fail-Safe".
Interview sheet can be used effectively when reproduce malfunction conditions. Refer to TM-141, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the cus-
tomer occurs.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” of the appropriate DTC to check if DTC is detected again.
Refer to TM-126, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" when multiple DTCs are detected, and then determine the
order for performing the diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow GI-41, "Intermittent Incident" to check.
6.IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM WITH “DIAGNOSIS CHART BY SYMPTOM”
Revision: December 2015 TM-140 2016 Sentra NAM
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Use TM-248, "Symptom Table" from the symptom inspection result in step 4. Then identify where to start per-
forming the diagnosis based on possible causes and symptoms. A

>> GO TO 8.
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS B

Repair or replace the detected malfunctioning parts.


Reconnect parts or connector after repairing or replacing, and then erase DTC if necessary.
C

>> GO TO 8.
8.FINAL CHECK TM
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” again to make sure that the repair is correctly performed.
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,
referring to the symptom inspection result in step 3 or 4. E
Is DTC or malfunction symptom reproduced?
YES-1 (DTC is reproduced.)>>GO TO 5.
YES-2 (Malfunction is reproduced.)>>GO TO 6. F
NO >> Before delivering the vehicle to the customer, make sure that DTC is erased.
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000012787482
G
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that may cause a malfunction
of the transmission parts. By understanding those conditions prop- H
erly, a quick and exact diagnosis can be achieved.
In general, perception of a problem varies depending on individuals.
Ask the customer about his/her concerns carefully. It is important to I
understand the phenomenon or status. To systemize all the informa-
tion for the diagnosis, prepare the question sheet referring to the
question points.
J
In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may
cause a DTC to be detected.
SEF907L
K
Worksheet Sample

Question sheet L
Registration Initial year Year Month
Customer's number registration day
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type Chassis No. M
Year Month
Storage date Engine Mileage km/Mile
day
Symptom † Vehicle does not start († R position † D position † L position) N
† Upshifting does not occur † Downshifting does not occur
† Lock-up malfunction
O
† Shift point is too high † Shift point is too low
† Shift shock († N ⇒ D † Lock-up † R, D and L position)
† Slip († N ⇒D † Lock-up † R, D and L position) P
† Noise † Vibration
When selector lever position is shifted, shift pattern does not change.
† Other
( )
First occurrence † Recently (as from month of year )
Frequency of occurrence † Always † Under certain conditions † Sometimes [ time(s)/day]

Revision: December 2015 TM-141 2016 Sentra NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Question sheet
Registration Initial year Year Month
Customer's number registration day
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type Chassis No.
Year Month
Storage date Engine Mileage km/Mile
day
Climate con-
Irrelevant
ditions
Weather † Clear † Cloud † Rain † Snow † Other ( )
Temperature † Hot † Warm † Cool † Cold † Temp. (Approx. °C/°F)
Relative humidity † High † Moderate † Low
Transaxle condition † In cold-start † During warm-up (approx. °C/°F) † After warm-up
† Engine speed: rpm
† Urban area † Suburb area † Highway
Road conditions
† Mountainous road (uphill or downhill)
Operating condition, etc. Irrelevant
† When engine starts † During idling † During driving
† During acceleration † At constant speed driving † During deceleration
† During cornering (RH curve or LH curve)
Other conditions

Revision: December 2015 TM-142 2016 Sentra NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM
A
Description INFOID:0000000012787483

When replacing the TCM, perform the following work. For work procedure, refer to TM-143, "Work Procedure". B
TCM PROGRAMMING
• Since vehicle specifications are not yet written in a new TCM, it is necessary to write them with CONSULT.
CAUTION: C
When replacing TCM, save TCM data on CONSULT before removing TCM.
LOADING AND STORING OF CALIBRATION DATA
• The TCM acquires calibration data (individual characteristic value) of each solenoid that is stored in the TM
ROM assembly (in the control valve). This enables the TCM to perform accurate control. After the TCM is
replaced, check that the calibration data is correctly loaded and stored.
CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR
E
• TCM stores calibration data (inherent characteristic value) of G sensor to provide accurate control. There-
fore, it is required to perform calibration of G sensor after the replacement of TCM.
CAUTION: F
When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly simultaneously, replace transaxle assembly first and
then replace TCM.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012787484 G

1.CHECK NEW TCM PART NUMBER


Check new TCM part number to see whether it is blank TCM or not. H
NOTE:
• Part number of blank TCM is 310F6-XXXXX.
• Check the part number when ordering TCM or with the one included in the label on the container box. I
Is the new TCM a blank TCM?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. J
2.SAVE TCM DATA (VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS)
With CONSULT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Re/programming, Configuration”.
4. Select “AT/CVT”. L
NOTE:
If “AT/CVT” is not displayed and TCM data cannot be saved on CONSULT, GO TO 3.
5. Select “Programming”. M
6. Save TCM data on CONSULT according to the CONSULT display.

>> GO TO 3. N
3.REPLACE TCM
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds.
2. Replace TCM. Refer to TM-266, "Removal and Installation". O

>> GO TO 4.
P
4.LOAD CALIBRATION DATA
1. Shift the selector lever to the “P” position.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check that “P” is displayed on shift position indicator on combination meter.
NOTE:
Displayed approximately 4 – 5 seconds after the selector lever is moved to the “P” position.
Does the shift position indicator display “P”?
Revision: December 2015 TM-143 2016 Sentra NAM
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 8.
5.STORE CALIBRATION DATA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
Does the shift position indicator display “P” at the same time when turning ON the ignition switch?
YES-1 (New TCM is blank)>>GO TO 6.
YES-2 (New TCM is not blank)>>GO TO 7.
NO >> Check harness between battery and TCM harness connector terminal.
6.WRITE TCM DATA (VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS)
With CONSULT
1. Select “Programming”.
2. Perform programming according to the CONSULT display.

>> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR
Refer to TM-151, "Description".

>> WORK END


8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
• Harness between the TCM and the ROM assembly inside the transaxle assembly is open or shorted.
• Disconnected, loose, bent, collapsed, or otherwise abnormal connector housing terminals
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-144 2016 Sentra NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
A
Description INFOID:0000000012787485

When replacing the transaxle, perform the following work. For work procedure, refer to TM-145, "Work Proce- B
dure".
ERASING, LOADING AND STORING OF CALIBRATION DATA
• The TCM acquires calibration data (individual characteristic value) of each solenoid that is stored in the C
ROM assembly (in the control valve). This enables the TCM to perform accurate control. For this reason,
after the transaxle assembly is replaced, it is necessary to erase the calibration data previously stored in
TCM, to load new calibration data, and to store them.
TM
ERASING THE LEARNED VALUE DATA
• TCM learns indicated pressure for appropriate control of the transaxle assembly and records the learned
values. For this reason, the leaned values stored in TCM must be erased after replacing a transaxle assem- E
bly.
ERASING CVT FLUID DEGRADATION LEVEL DATA
• TCM records the degradation level of the CVT fluid calculated from the vehicle driving status. Therefore, if F
the transaxle assembly is replaced, it is necessary to erase the CVT fluid degradation level data recorded by
TCM.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012787486 G

1.INITIALIZE TCM
H
With CONSULT
1. Set parking brake.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Work Support” in “TRANSMISSION”. I
4. Select “ERASE MEMORY DATA”.
5. While maintaining the conditions below, touch “Start”.
- Vehicle stop status J
- With engine stopped
- Selector lever: “R” position
- Accelerator pedal: Depressed
NOTE: K
Select “Start” and complete within approximately 20 seconds.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for a minimum of 10 seconds then perform the work again.
2.CHECK AFTER TCM IS INITIALIZED
M
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF with the selector lever in “R” position and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Turn ignition switch ON with the selector lever in “R” position.
CAUTION: N
Never start the engine.
3. Select “Special function” in “TRANSMISSION”.
4. Select “CALIB DATA”. O
5. Check that indicated value of “CALIB DATA” is equal to the value shown in the following table.

Item name Display value Item name Display value


P
UNIT CLB ID1 00 MAP NO HC/RB 00
UNIT CLB ID2 00 MAP NO L/B 00
UNIT CLB ID3 00 OFFSET2 LU 0
UNIT CLB ID4 00 OFFSET2 PL 0
UNIT CLB ID5 00 OFFSET2 PRI 0

Revision: December 2015 TM-145 2016 Sentra NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Item name Display value Item name Display value
UNIT CLB ID6 00 OFFSET2 H/R 0
UNIT CLB ID7 00 OFFSET2 L/B 0
UNIT CLB ID8 00 INIT OFFSET H/R A 0
UNIT CLB ID9 00 INIT OFFSET H/R B 0
UNIT CLB ID10 00 INIT OFFSET H/R C 0
UNIT CLB ID11 00 INIT OFFSET H/R D 0
GAIN LU 256 INIT OFFSET H/R E 0
GAIN PL 256 INIT OFFSET H/R F 0
GAIN PRI 256 INIT OFSET LB A 0
GAIN HC/RB 256 INIT OFSET LB B 0
GAIN L/B 256 INIT OFSET LB C 0
OFFSET LU 0 INIT OFSET LB D 0
OFFSET PL 0 INIT OFSET LB E 0
OFFSET PRI 0 INIT OFSET LB F 0
OFFSET HC/RB 0 LB INITIALIZE LEARN −1
OFFSET L/B 0 HC INITIALIZE LEARN −1
MAP NO LU 00 LB INITIALIZE TEMP FF
MAP NO PL 00 LB INITIALIZE TEMP FF
MAP NO PRI 00
Is the indicated value of “CALIB DATA” equal to the value shown in the table?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 1.
3.LOAD CALIBRATION DATA
1. Shift the selector lever to the “P” position.
2. Check that “P” is displayed on shift position indicator on combination meter.
NOTE:
Displayed approximately 4 – 5 seconds after the selector lever is moved to the “P” position.
Does shift position indicator display “P”?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS
Check the following items:
• Harness between the TCM and the ROM assembly inside the transaxle assembly is open or shorted.
• Disconnected, loose, bent, collapsed, or otherwise abnormal connector housing terminals
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
5.STORE CALIBRATION DATA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
Does the shift position indicator display “P” at the same time when turning ON the ignition switch?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check harness between battery and TCM harness connector terminal.
6.ERASE THE CVT FLUID DEGRADATION LEVEL DATA
With CONSULT
1. Select “WORK SUPPORT” in “TRANSMISSION”.
2. Select “CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN”.

Revision: December 2015 TM-146 2016 Sentra NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
3. Touch “Clear”.
A
>> WORK END

TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-147 2016 Sentra NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL VALVE OR TRANSAXLE
ASSEMBLY
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL VALVE OR TRAN-
SAXLE ASSEMBLY
Description INFOID:0000000012787487

When replacing the control valve or transaxle assembly, perform the following work. For work procedure, refer
to TM-148, "Work Procedure".
ERASING, LOADING AND STORING OF CALIBRATION DATA
• The TCM acquires calibration data (individual characteristic value) of each solenoid that is stored in the
ROM assembly (in the control valve). This enables the TCM to perform accurate control. For this reason,
after the control valve or transaxle assembly is replaced, it is necessary to erase the calibration data previ-
ously stored in TCM, to load new calibration data, and to store them.
ERASING THE LEARNED VALUE DATA
• TCM learns indicated pressure for appropriate control of the transaxle assembly and records the learned
values. For this reason, the leaned values stored in TCM must be erased after replacing a transaxle assem-
bly.
ERASING CVT FLUID DEGRADATION LEVEL DATA
• TCM records the degradation level of the CVT fluid calculated from the vehicle driving status. Therefore, if
the transaxle assembly is replaced, it is necessary to erase the CVT fluid degradation level data recorded by
TCM.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012787488

1.INITIALIZE TCM
With CONSULT
1. Set parking brake.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Work Support” in “TRANSMISSION”.
4. Select “ERASE MEMORY DATA”.
5. While maintaining the conditions below, touch “Start”.
- Vehicle stop status
- With engine stopped
- Selector lever: “R” position
- Accelerator pedal: Depressed
NOTE:
Select “Start” and complete within approximately 20 seconds.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for a minimum of 10 seconds then perform the work again.
2.CHECK AFTER TCM IS INITIALIZED
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF with the selector lever in “R” position and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Turn ignition switch ON with the selector lever in “R” position.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
3. Select “Special function” in “TRANSMISSION”.
4. Select “CALIB DATA”.
5. Check that indicated value of “CALIB DATA” is equal to the value shown in the following table.

Item name Display value Item name Display value


UNIT CLB ID1 00 MAP NO HC/RB 00
UNIT CLB ID2 00 MAP NO L/B 00
UNIT CLB ID3 00 OFFSET2 LU 0
UNIT CLB ID4 00 OFFSET2 PL 0

Revision: December 2015 TM-148 2016 Sentra NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL VALVE OR TRANSAXLE
ASSEMBLY
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Item name Display value Item name Display value
A
UNIT CLB ID5 00 OFFSET2 PRI 0
UNIT CLB ID6 00 OFFSET2 H/R 0
UNIT CLB ID7 00 OFFSET2 L/B 0 B
UNIT CLB ID8 00 INIT OFFSET H/R A 0
UNIT CLB ID9 00 INIT OFFSET H/R B 0
UNIT CLB ID10 00 INIT OFFSET H/R C 0 C
UNIT CLB ID11 00 INIT OFFSET H/R D 0
GAIN LU 256 INIT OFFSET H/R E 0
TM
GAIN PL 256 INIT OFFSET H/R F 0
GAIN PRI 256 INIT OFSET LB A 0
GAIN HC/RB 256 INIT OFSET LB B 0 E
GAIN L/B 256 INIT OFSET LB C 0
OFFSET LU 0 INIT OFSET LB D 0
F
OFFSET PL 0 INIT OFSET LB E 0
OFFSET PRI 0 INIT OFSET LB F 0
OFFSET HC/RB 0 LB INITIALIZE LEARN −1 G
OFFSET L/B 0 HC INITIALIZE LEARN −1
MAP NO LU 00 LB INITIALIZE TEMP FF
H
MAP NO PL 00 LB INITIALIZE TEMP FF
MAP NO PRI 00
Is the indicated value of “CALIB DATA” equal to the value shown in the table? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 1.
3.LOAD CALIBRATION DATA J
1. Shift the selector lever to the “P” position.
2. Check that “P” is displayed on shift position indicator on combination meter.
NOTE: K
Displayed approximately 4 – 5 seconds after the selector lever is moved to the “P” position.
Does shift position indicator display “P”?
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS M
Check the following items:
• Harness between the TCM and the ROM assembly inside the transaxle assembly is open or shorted.
• Disconnected, loose, bent, collapsed, or otherwise abnormal connector housing terminals
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
O
5.STORE CALIBRATION DATA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
Does the shift position indicator display “P” at the same time when turning ON the ignition switch?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check harness between battery and TCM harness connector terminal.
6.ERASE THE CVT FLUID DEGRADATION LEVEL DATA
With CONSULT
1. Select “WORK SUPPORT” in “TRANSMISSION”.
Revision: December 2015 TM-149 2016 Sentra NAM
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL VALVE OR TRANSAXLE
ASSEMBLY
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
2. Select “CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN”.
3. Touch “Clear”.

>> WORK END

Revision: December 2015 TM-150 2016 Sentra NAM


CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000012787489

TCM stores calibration data (inherent characteristic value) of G sensor to provide accurate control. Therefore, B
it is required to perform calibration of G sensor after the following work is performed. For work procedure, refer
to TM-151, "Work Procedure".
• Removal/installation or replacement of G sensor
• Replacement of TCM C

Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012787490

1.PREPARATION BEFORE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE TM

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.


2. Adjust air pressure of all tires to the specified pressure. WT-55, "Tire Air Pressure". E

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM G SENSOR CALIBRATION F

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
CAUTION: G
Never start engine.
2. Select “Work Support” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “G SENSOR CALIBRATION”. H
4. Touch “Start”.
CAUTION:
Never swing the vehicle during “G sensor calibration”.
I
Is “COMPLETED” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform steps 1 and 2 again. J
3.CHECK DTC
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
Is “P1586” or “P1588” detected? L
YES >> Go to TM-127, "DTC Index".
NO >> Calibration end
M

Revision: December 2015 TM-151 2016 Sentra NAM


STALL TEST
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
STALL TEST
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012787491

INSPECTION
1. Check the engine oil level. Replenish if necessary. Refer to LU-7, "Inspection".
2. Check for leak of the CVT fluid. Refer to TM-253, "Inspection".
3. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the CVT fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F).
4. Be sure to apply the parking brake and block the tires.
5. Start the engine, depress the brake pedal and put the selector lever to the D position.
6. While depressing the brake pedal, depress the accelerator pedal gradually.
7. Read the stall speed quickly. Then, release your foot from the accelerator pedal quickly.
CAUTION:
Never depress the accelerator pedal for 5 seconds or more during the test.

Stall speed : Refer to TM-297, "Stall Speed".


8. Place the selector lever in the N position.
9. Cool the CVT fluid.
CAUTION:
Run the engine with the idle speed for at least 1 minute.
10. Put the selector lever to the R position and perform Step 6 to Step 9 again.
NARROWING-DOWN MALFUNCTIONING PARTS

Selector lever position


Possible cause
D R
H O • Low brake
O H • Reverse brake
• Engine
L L
Stall speed • Torque converter one way clutch
• Line pressure is low.
• Primary pulley
H H
• Secondary pulley
• Steel belt
O: Within the stall speed standard value
H: Stall speed is higher than the standard value.
L: Stall speed is lower than the standard value.

Revision: December 2015 TM-152 2016 Sentra NAM


LINE PRESSURE TEST
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
LINE PRESSURE TEST
A
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012787492

INSPECTION B
1. Check the engine oil level. Replenish if necessary. LU-7, "Inspection".
2. Check for leak of the CVT fluid. Refer to TM-253, "Inspection".
3. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the CVT fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to C
176°F).
4. Be sure to apply the parking brake and block the tires.
TM
5. Start the engine.
6. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
7. Select “LINE PRESSURE”. E
8. Measure the line pressure at both idle and the stall speed.
CAUTION:
Keep brake pedal pressed all the way down during measurement.
F

Line pressure : Refer to TM-297, "Line Pressure".

NARROWING-DOWN MALFUNCTIONING PARTS G

Judgment Possible cause


Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output. H
For example
• Oil pump wear
Low for all positions
• Damage of chain and sprocket
(“P”, “R”, “N”, “D”, “L”) I
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue
• Oil strainer ⇒ oil pump ⇒ pressure regulator valve passage oil leak
• Engine idle speed too low
Only low for a specific Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after J
Idle speed
position the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment
function. K
For example
High • Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
• CVT fluid temperature sensor malfunction
• Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking in OFF state, filter clog, cut line) L
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment func-
tion. M
Line pressure does not
For example
rise higher than the line
• TCM malfunction
pressure for idle.
• Line pressure solenoid malfunction (shorting, sticking in ON state)
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking N
Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the pres-
Stall speed
sure adjustment function.
The pressure rises, but
For example O
does not enter the
• Oil pump wear
standard position.
• Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking, filter clog)
• Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Only low for a specific Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after P
position the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.

Revision: December 2015 TM-153 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT POSITION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CVT POSITION
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787493

INSPECTION
1. Turn ON the ignition switch with the shift selector at the “P” position.
2. Press the shift selector button with the brake pedal depressed, and confirm that the shift selector can be
moved to positions other than “P”. Also confirm that movement is not allowed from the “P” position to other
position without depressing the brake pedal.
3. Move the shift selector and check for “excessive effort”, “sticking”, “noise” or “rattle”.
4. Confirm that shift selector stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all
the positions. Check whether or not the actual position the shift selector is in matches the position shown
by the transaxle body.
5. Make sure that the shift selector is moved to all the shift posi-
tions in the manner shown.
• (A): Press shift selector button to operate shift selector, while
depressing the brake pedal.
• (B): Press shift selector button to operate shift selector.
• (C): Shift selector can be operated without pressing the shift
selector button.
6. When the shift selector button is pressed without applying for-
ward/backward force to the shift selector at “P”, “R”, “N”, “D” or
“Ds” positions, there should be no “sticking” on the shift selector
button operation. AWDIA1149ZZ

7. Check that the back-up lamps do not illuminate when the shift
selector is in the “P” position.
8. Check that the engine can be started with the shift selector in the “P” and “N” positions only.
9. Check that the transaxle is locked completely when the shift selector is in the “P” position.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787494

ADJUSTMENT
1. Shift the selector lever to the “P” position.
CAUTION:
Rotate the wheels at least a quarter turn and be certain the Park position mechanism is fully
engaged.
2. Remove nut (A) and set manual lever (B) to the “P” position.
CAUTION:
Do not apply force to the manual lever.
3. Tighten nuts to the specified torque. Refer to TM-259, "Exploded
View".
CAUTION:
In tightening, fix the manual lever.

JSDIA1875ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-154 2016 Sentra NAM


HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
A
Description INFOID:0000000012787495

Permanent DTC can be erased by driving each driving pattern. B


ECM recognizes each driving pattern; it transmits signals to each control module when the driving is complete.
Each control module erases permanent DTC based on those signals. For details, refer to EC-155, "Descrip-
tion".
C

TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-155 2016 Sentra NAM


U0073 COMMUNICATION BUS A OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
U0073 COMMUNICATION BUS A OFF
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787496

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
COMM BUS A OFF TCM communication blockage lasts for 2 sec-
Harness or connector
U0073 (Control Module Communica- onds or more when turning ON the ignition
(CAN communication line is error)
tion Bus A Off) switch. (Communication not established.)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U0073” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-156, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787497

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: December 2015 TM-156 2016 Sentra NAM


U0100 LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM A)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
U0100 LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM A)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787498

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
[Trouble diagnosis content] C
When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is un- • ECM
LOST COMM (ECM A)
able to receive the CAN communications • Harness or connector
U0100 [Lost Communication With
signal from ECM continuously for 2 sec- (CAN communication line is open or
ECM/PCM A] TM
onds or more. shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK E

If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.
F

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U0100” detected? H
YES >> Go to TM-157, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787499

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
J

Revision: December 2015 TM-157 2016 Sentra NAM


U0140 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
U0140 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787500

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
[Trouble diagnosis content]
• BCM
LOST COMM (BCM) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable
• Harness or connector
U0140 [Lost Communication With to receive the CAN communications signal
(CAN communication line is open or
Body Control Module] from BCM continuously for 2 seconds or more.
shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U0140” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787501

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: December 2015 TM-158 2016 Sentra NAM


U0141 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM A)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
U0141 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM A)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787502

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
[Trouble diagnosis content] C
When the ignition switch is turned ON, TCM • IPDM E/R
LOST COMM (BCM A)
continues no reception of the CAN communi- • Harness or connector
U0141 [Lost Communication With
cation signal from IPDM E/R for 2 seconds or (CAN communication line is open or
Body Control Module A] TM
more. shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK E

If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.
F

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check the DTC. H
Is “U0141” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-159, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787503

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". J

Revision: December 2015 TM-159 2016 Sentra NAM


U0155 LOST COMMUNICATION (IPC)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
U0155 LOST COMMUNICATION (IPC)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787504

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
[Trouble diagnosis content]
LOST COMM (IPC) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable • Combination meter
[Lost Communication With In- to receive the CAN communications signal • Harness or connector
U0155
strument Panel Cluster (IPC) from the combination meter continuously for 2 (CAN communication line is open or
Control Module] seconds or more. shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U0155” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787505

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: December 2015 TM-160 2016 Sentra NAM


U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787506

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
When the ignition switch is ON, the data length
CAN COMM DATA
transmitted from each control unit is shorter
U0300 (Internal Control Module Soft- Control unit other than TCM
than the specified length and the status contin-
ware Incompatibility) TM
ues for 2 seconds or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK E

If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.
F

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION G
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check the DTC. H
Is “U0300” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787507

1.CONTROL UNIT CHECK J

Check the number of control units replaced before “U0300” is detected.


Is one control unit replaced? K
YES >> The specification of the control unit replaced may be incorrect. Check the part number and the
specification.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CONTROL UNIT CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Remove one of the control unit replaced. M
2. Assemble the old control unit before replacement.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, and wait for 2 seconds or more.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”. N
Is “U0300”detected?
YES >> Turn OFF the ignition switch and check other control units in the same manner.
NO >> The specification of the control unit removed may be incorrect. Check the part number and the O
specification.

Revision: December 2015 TM-161 2016 Sentra NAM


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000012787508

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independently). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787509

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When the ignition switch is ON, TCM cannot Harness or connector
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000 send the CAN communication signal continu- (CAN communication line is open or
(CAN Communication Line)
ously for 2 seconds or more. shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-162, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787510

For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: December 2015 TM-162 2016 Sentra NAM


U1117 LOST COMMUNICATION (ABS)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
U1117 LOST COMMUNICATION (ABS)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787511

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
[Trouble diagnosis content] C
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable
LOST COMM (ABS) unit)
to receive the CAN communications signal
U1117 [Lost Communication With • Harness or connector
from ABS actuator and electric unit (control TM
ABS] (CAN communication line is open or
unit) continuously for 2 seconds or more.
shorted)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more. H
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U1117” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-163, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787512
J
For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

Revision: December 2015 TM-163 2016 Sentra NAM


P062F EEPROM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P062F EEPROM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787513

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• TCM (flash ROM)
EEPROM
Flash ROM error is detected when turning ON • Harness or connector
P062F (Internal Control Module EE-
the ignition switch. [TCM power supply (back-up) circuit is
PROM Error)
open or shorted]

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “P062F” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-164, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787514

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDNT


Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the TCM. Refer to TM-266, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-164 2016 Sentra NAM


P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787515

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
[Trouble diagnosis content] C
Two or more range signals simultaneously
stay ON continuously for 5 seconds under the
following diagnosis condition 1 and 2:
• Diagnosis condition 1 (continued for 5 sec- TM
onds or more) • Harness or connector
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V (Short circuit between transmission
P0705 [Transmission Range Sensor
• Diagnosis condition 2 (continued for 2 sec- range switch and TCM)
A Circuit (PRNDL Input)] E
onds or more) • Transmission range switch
- Vehicle speed: Less than 3 km/h (2 MPH)
- Accelerator pedal position: 0.6/8 or less
- Idle switch: ON F
- Stop lamp switch: ON

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION: G
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK H
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine. J
2. Maintain the following conditions.

Accelerator pedal position : 0.0/8 K


Brake pedal : Depressed
Vehicle speed : 0 km/h (0 MPH)
3. Shift the selector lever through entire positions from “P” to “L”. (Hold the selector lever at each position for L
10 seconds or more.)
4. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0705” detected? M
YES >> Go to TM-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787516

1.CHECK TCM INPUT SIGNALS O


With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
P
3. Select “D POSITION SW”, “N POSITION SW”, “R POSITION SW”, “P POSITION SW” and “L POSITION
SW”.
4. Shift selector lever through entire positions from “P” to “L” and check ON/OFF of each monitor item.

Revision: December 2015 TM-165 2016 Sentra NAM


P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

Monitor item Condition Condition


Selector lever: “D” position On
D POSITION SW
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “N” position On
N POSITION SW
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “R” position On
R POSITION SW
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “P” position On
P POSITION SW
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “L” position On
L POSITION SW
Other than the above Off

Without CONSULT.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Shift selector lever from “P” to “L” and check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and
ground.

+
TCM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Selector lever: “ L” position 10 – 16 V
2
Other than the above Approx. 0 V
Selector lever: “D” position 10 – 16 V
4
Other than the above Approx. 0 V
Selector lever: “N” position 10 – 16 V
F23 5 Ground
Other than the above Approx. 0 V
Selector lever: “R” position 10 – 16 V
6
Other than the above Approx. 0 V
Selector lever: “P” position 10 – 16 V
7
Other than the above Approx. 0 V
Is the check result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 [“D POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “D” position. (Or connector terminal 4 is at power
voltage.)]>>GO TO 2.
NO-2 [“N POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “N” position. (Or connector terminal 5 is at power
voltage.)]>>GO TO 4.
NO-3 [“R POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “R” position. (Or connector terminal 6 is at power
voltage.)]>>GO TO 6.
NO-4 [“P POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “P” position. (Or connector terminal 7 is at power
voltage.)]>>GO TO 8.
NO-5 [“L POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “L” position. (Or connector terminal 2 is at power
voltage.)]>>GO TO 10.
2.CHECK D POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals.

Revision: December 2015 TM-166 2016 Sentra NAM


P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

TCM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
B
5
F23 4 Not existed
6
7 C
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. TM
3.CHECK D POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 2)
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector. E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.
F
+
Voltage
TCM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal G
F23 4 Ground 0V
Is the check result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK N POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 1) I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals. J

TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal K
2
4
F23 5 Not existed L
6
7
Is the check result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK N POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 2) N

1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.


2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground. O

+
Voltage P
TCM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F23 5 Ground 0V
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-167 2016 Sentra NAM


P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

6.CHECK R POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART1)


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals.

TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
4
F23 6 Not existed
5
7
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
7.CHECK R POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 2)
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Voltage
TCM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F23 6 Ground 0V
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
8.CHECK P POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals.

TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
4
F23 7 Not existed
5
6
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
9.CHECK P POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 2)
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

Revision: December 2015 TM-168 2016 Sentra NAM


P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

+ A
Voltage
TCM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B
F23 7 Ground 0V
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. C
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
10.CHECK L POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (PART 1)
TM
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals.
E
TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
F
4
5
F23 2 Not existed
6 G
7
Is the check result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
11.CHECK L POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (PART 2) I
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground. J

+
Voltage K
TCM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F23 2 Ground 0V
L
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. M
12.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check transmission range switch. Refer to TM-169, "Component Inspection".
Is the check result normal? N
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787517

1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH P


Check continuity between transmission range switch connector terminals.

Transmission range switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Manual lever: “P” and “N” positions Existed
7 – 10
Other than the above Not existed

Revision: December 2015 TM-169 2016 Sentra NAM


P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Transmission range switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Manual lever: “D” position Existed
4–2
Other than the above Not existed
Manual lever: “P” position Existed
4–5
Other than the above Not existed
Manual lever: “L” position Existed
4–6
Other than the above Not existed
Manual lever: “R” position Existed
4–8
Other than the above Not existed
Manual lever: “N position Existed
4–9
Other than the above Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of transmission range switch. Refer to TM-267, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-170 2016 Sentra NAM


P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787518

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
When all of the following conditions are satis-
fied for 30 consecutive seconds:
• All range signals stay OFF
• Power supply voltage: More than 11 V TM
• Harness or connector
When all of the following conditions are satis- (Open circuit transmission range
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
fied for 5 consecutive seconds: switch ignition power supply/open cir-
(Transmission Range Sensor
P0706 • All range signals stay OFF cuit between transmission range E
A Circuit Range/Perfor-
• Power supply voltage: More than 11 V switch and TCM)
mance)
• Engine speed − input shaft speed is more • Transmission range switch
than 200 rpm. • Control cable
• Input shaft speed is more than 250 rpm. F
°
• CVT fluid temperature: More than 20 C
(68°F).
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
H
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine. J
2. Maintain the following conditions.

Accelerator pedal position : 0.0/8 K


Brake pedal : Depressed
Vehicle speed : 0 km/h (0 MPH)
3. Shift the selector lever through entire positions from “P” to “L”. (Hold the selector lever at each position for L
35 seconds or more.)
4. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0706” detected? M
YES >> Go to TM-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787519
N

1.ADJUSTMENT OF CONTROL CABLE


O
Adjust control cable. Refer to TM-154, "Adjustment".

>> GO TO 2. P
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Touch “Erase”.
4. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to TM-171, "DTC Logic".

Revision: December 2015 TM-171 2016 Sentra NAM


P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Is “P0706” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK POWER CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Transmission range switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F26 4 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH AND TCM (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals and TCM harness con-
nector terminals.

Transmission range switch TCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 4
5 7
F26 6 F23 2 Existed
8 6
9 5
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH AND TCM (PART 2)
Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals and ground.

Transmission range switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
5
F26 6 Ground Not existed
8
9
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check transmission range switch. Refer to TM-173, "Component Inspection".
Is the check result normal?

Revision: December 2015 TM-172 2016 Sentra NAM


P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. A
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS
Check the following items:
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Wiring Diagram B
— Ignition Power Supply —".
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between IPDM E/R and transmission range switch.
• 10A fuse (No. 45, IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-64, "IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement". C
• IPDM E/R
Is the check result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". TM
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787520
E
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check continuity between transmission range switch connector terminals.
F

Transmission range switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal G
Manual lever: “P” and “N” positions Existed
7 – 10
Other than the above Not existed
H
Manual lever: “D” position Existed
4–2
Other than the above Not existed
Manual lever: “P” position Existed I
4–5
Other than the above Not existed
Manual lever: “L” position Existed
4–6 J
Other than the above Not existed
Manual lever: “R” position Existed
4–8
Other than the above Not existed
K
Manual lever: “N position Existed
4–9
Other than the above Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of transmission range switch. Refer to TM-267, "Removal and Installation".
M

Revision: December 2015 TM-173 2016 Sentra NAM


P0711 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0711 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787521

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When any of 1 or 2 is satisfied:
1. Under the following diagnosis conditions,
CVT fluid temperature does not rise to
10°C (50°F) after driving for a certain pe-
riod of time with the TCM-received fluid
temperature sensor value between −
40°C (−40°F) and 9°C (48.2°F).
- Diagnosis condition
• Selector lever: “D” position
• Vehicle speed: 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
• Engine speed: 450 rpm or more
• Accelerator pedal position: 1.0/8 or more
• TCM power supply voltage: More than 11
V
• CVT fluid temperature: Less than 10°C
2. When the condition of the final judgment
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A
is satisfied after satisfying that of the pro-
(Transmission Fluid Tempera-
P0711 visional judgment: CVT fluid temperature sensor
ture Sensor A Circuit Range/
- Provisional judgment: All of the following
Performance)
conditions are satisfied within 2 seconds
after the ignition switch is turned ON.
• U0073, U0100, P0712 and P0713 are
not detected.
• CAN communication is normal.
• TCM power supply voltage: More than 11
V
• The difference between CVT fluid tem-
perature and engine coolant temperature
is 37°C (98.6°F) or more, or −27°C (−
16°F) or less.
- Final judgment: When all of the following
conditions are satisfied and this state is
maintained for 300 seconds:
• ECM is normal.
• Provisional judgment is satisfied.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK DTC (ECM AND TCM)
Check the DTC.
Is any DTC other than “P0711” detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to EC-95, "DTC Index" (ECM), TM-127, "DTC Index" (TCM).

Revision: December 2015 TM-174 2016 Sentra NAM


P0711 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (PART 1) A

TESTING CONDITION:
• While performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
B
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
With CONSULT
1. Move the vehicle to a cool place. C
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle for 12 hours. TM
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during this procedure.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the food open. E
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine. F
4. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
5. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
6. Record CVT fluid temperature.
7. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more. G
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
8. Check 1st trip DTC. H
With GST
1. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
I
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch ON during this procedure. J
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the food open.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more. K
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
L
Is “P0711” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 (With CONSULT)>>GO TO 5.
NO-2 (With GST)>>GO TO 6. M
5.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE
With CONSULT N
1. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
2. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
Is the value of “FLUID TEMP” 10°C (50°F) or more? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (PART 2) P
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle for the total minutes specified in the Driving time column below with the following condi-
tions satisfied.

Selector lever : “D” position

Revision: December 2015 TM-175 2016 Sentra NAM


P0711 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Accelerator pedal position : 1.0/8 or more
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more

CVT fluid temperature before engine start Driving time


−40°C (−40°F) – −31°C (−23.8°F) 18 minutes or more
−30°C (−22°F) – −21°C (−5.8°F) 16 minutes or more
−20°C (−4°F) – −11°C (−12.2°F) 13 minutes or more
−10°C (14°F) – −1°C (30.2°F) 9 minutes or more
0°C (32°F) – 9°C (48.2°F) 6 minutes or more
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Check the first trip DTC.
With GST
1. Drive the vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 18 minutes or more.

Selector lever : “D” position


Accelerator pedal position : 1.0/8 or more
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0711” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and cool the engine.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
3. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
4. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
5. Record CVT fluid temperature.
6. Start the engine and wait for at least 2 minutes.
7. Drive the vehicle for the total minutes specified in the Driving time column below with the following condi-
tions satisfied.

Selector lever : “D” position


Accelerator pedal position : 1.0/8 or more
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more

CVT fluid temperature before engine start Driving time


−40°C (−40°F) – −31°C (−23.8°F) 18 minutes or more
−30°C (−22°F) – −21°C (−5.8°F) 16 minutes or more
−20°C (−4°F) – −11°C (−12.2°F) 13 minutes or more
−10°C (14°F) – −1°C (30.2°F) 9 minutes or more
0°C (32°F) – 9°C (48.2°F) 6 minutes or more
— (Go to “8.CHECK CVT
Other than the above FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR”)
8. Stop the vehicle.
9. Check the first trip DTC.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and cool the engine.

Revision: December 2015 TM-176 2016 Sentra NAM


P0711 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
2. Start the engine and wait for at least 2 minutes.
3. Drive the vehicle and maintain the following conditions for 18 minutes or more. A

Selector lever : “D” position


Accelerator pedal position : 1.0/8 or more B
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check the first trip DTC. C
Is “P0711” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 8. TM
8.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
E
2. Disconnect CVT unit connector.
3. Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminals.

CVT unit
F
Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.5 kΩ


G
4 – 25 CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 2.2 kΩ
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 0.87 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of CVT fluid temperature sensor. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to
TM-272, "Removal and Installation". I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787522

1.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect the CVT unit connector. K
3. Check the CVT fluid temperature sensor. Refer to TM-177, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787523

M
1.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminals.
N
CVT unit Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
O
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.5 kΩ
4 – 25 CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 2.2 kΩ
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 0.87 kΩ P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of CVT fluid temperature sensor. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to
TM-272, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-177 2016 Sentra NAM


P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787524

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The CVT fluid temperature identified by the
TCM is 180°C (356°F) or more continuously
• Harness or connector
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A for 5 seconds or more under the following di-
(CVT fluid temperature sensor circuit is
P0712 (Transmission Fluid Tempera- agnosis conditions:
shorted to ground)
ture Sensor A Circuit Low) • Diagnosis conditions
• CVT fluid temperature sensor
- Ignition switch: ON
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0712” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-178, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787525

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F23 12 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check CVT fluid temperature sensor. Refer to TM-178, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787526

1.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminals.

Revision: December 2015 TM-178 2016 Sentra NAM


P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

CVT unit Resistance


A
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.5 kΩ


B
4 – 25 CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 2.2 kΩ
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 0.87 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of CVT fluid temperature sensor. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to
TM-272, "Removal and Installation". TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-179 2016 Sentra NAM


P0713 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0713 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787527

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The CVT fluid temperature identified by the
TCM is −40°C (−40°F) or less continuously for
5 seconds or more under the following diagno- • Harness or connector
FLUID TEMP SENSOR A
sis conditions: (CVT fluid temperature sensor circuit is
P0713 (Transmission Fluid Tempera-
• Diagnosis conditions open or shorted to power supply)
ture Sensor A Circuit High)
- Ignition switch: ON • CVT fluid temperature sensor
- Vehicle speed: More than 10 km/h (7 MPH)
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Maintain the following condition for 10 seconds or more.

Vehicle speed : 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more


3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0713” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787528

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT (PART 1)


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and CVT unit harness connector terminals.

TCM CVT unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
12 4
F23 F46 Existed
11 25
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT (PART 2)
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

Revision: December 2015 TM-180 2016 Sentra NAM


P0713 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

TCM A
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
F23 12 Ground Approx. 0 V
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. C
3.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check CVT fluid temperature sensor. Refer to TM-181, "Component Inspection".
TM
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787529

1.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR F


Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminals.

CVT unit Resistance


G
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.5 kΩ


H
4 – 25 CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 2.2 kΩ
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 0.87 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of CVT fluid temperature sensor. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to
TM-272, "Removal and Installation". J

Revision: December 2015 TM-181 2016 Sentra NAM


P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787530

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The primary speed sensor value is less than
150 rpm continuously for 5 seconds or more
under the following diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Secondary pulley speed: 1,000 rpm or more • Harness or connector
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A - TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V (Primary speed sensor circuit is open
P0715 (Input/Turbine Speed Sensor The primary speed sensor value is 240 rpm or or shorted)
A Circuit) less continuously for 500 msec or more under • Primary speed sensor
the following diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- 10-msec-ago primary pulley speed: 1,000
rpm or more
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “L” POSITION


Vehicle speed : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0715” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787531

1.CHECK PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect primary speed sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Primary speed sensor - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F38 3 Ground 10 – 16 V

Revision: December 2015 TM-182 2016 Sentra NAM


P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
B
Check continuity between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

Primary speed sensor C


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F38 1 Ground Existed
Is the check result normal? TM
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
E
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector. F
3. Check continuity between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector
terminal.
G
Primary speed sensor TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F38 2 F23 35 Existed H
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. I
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 2)
Check continuity between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground. J

Primary speed sensor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal K
F38 2 Ground Not existed
Is the check result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK TCM INPUT SIGNALS M
1. Connect all of disconnected connectors.
2. Lift the vehicle.
3. Start the engine. N
4. Check frequency of primary speed sensor.

+ O
Frequency
TCM - Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1,100 Hz
P

• Selector lever: “L” position


F23 35 Ground
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

JSDIA1906GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-183 2016 Sentra NAM


P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Is the check result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace primary speed sensor. Refer to TM-276, "Removal and Installation".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS
Check the following items:
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between the ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Wiring Dia-
gram — Ignition Power Supply —".
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between IPDM E/R and primary speed sensor.
• 10A fuse (No.45, IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-64, "IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement".
• IPDM E/R
Is the check result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-184 2016 Sentra NAM


P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787532

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The output speed sensor value is less than
150 rpm continuously for 5 seconds or more
under the following diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions TM
- Selector lever: “D”, “L” or “R” position
- Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
- When the “D” position switch, “L” position
E
switch or “R” position switch is ON, the out-
put speed has not experienced 250 rpm or
more. • Harness or connector
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR - After shifting the selector lever, the input (Output speed sensor circuit is open or
P0720
(Output Speed Sensor Circuit) shorted)
F
speed has experienced less than 300 rpm.
- Secondary pulley speed: 1,500 rpm or more • Output speed sensor
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
The output speed sensor value is 90 rpm or
G
less continuously for 500 msec or more under
the following diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions H
- 10-msec-ago output speed: 730 rpm or
more
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
J
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. K

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION L

1. Start the engine.


2. Drive the vehicle. M
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “D” position


Vehicle speed : 55 km/h (34 MPH) or more
N

4. Stop the vehicle.


5. Check the first trip DTC.
O
Is “P0720” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-185, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787533

1.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect output speed sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: December 2015 TM-185 2016 Sentra NAM


P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
4. Check voltage between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Output speed sensor - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F49 3 Ground 10 – 16 V
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

Output speed sensor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F49 1 Ground Existed
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector
terminal.

Output speed sensor TCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F49 2 F23 24 Existed
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 2)
Check continuity between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

Output speed sensor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F49 2 Ground Not existed
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK TCM INPUT SIGNALS
1. Connect all of disconnected connectors.
2. Lift the vehicle.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check frequency of output speed sensor.

Revision: December 2015 TM-186 2016 Sentra NAM


P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

+ A
Frequency
TCM - Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B
200 Hz

• Selector lever: “L” position C


F23 24 Ground
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

TM
JSDIA1904GB

Is the check result normal?


YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Replace output speed sensor. Refer to TM-278, "Exploded View".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS
F
Check the following items:
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Wiring Diagram
— Ignition Power Supply —".
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between IPDM E/R and output speed sensor. G
• 10A fuse (No.45, IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-64, "IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement".
• IPDM E/R
Is the check result normal? H
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
I

Revision: December 2015 TM-187 2016 Sentra NAM


P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787534

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The TCM torque converter clutch solenoid
valve current monitor reading is 200 mA or
less continuously for 5 seconds or more under
• Harness or connector
the following diagnosis conditions:
TORQUE CONVERTER (Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
• Diagnosis conditions
P0740 (Torque Converter Clutch Cir- circuit is open or shorted to power sup-
- Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or
cuit/Open) ply)
more
• Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
- GND short diagnosis of the solenoid valve
circuit is not satisfied.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION (PART 1)
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION (PART 2)
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
4. Confirm that the CVT fluid temperature is in the following range.

FLUID TEMP : 10°C (50°F) or more

With GST
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the CVT fluid to 10°C (50°F) or more.
NOTE:
When the ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), the CVT fluid usually increases to 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F) with driving in an urban area for approximately 10 minutes.
Is the CVT fluid 10°C (50°F) or more?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> 1. Warm the transaxle.
2. GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Drive the vehicle.
2. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “D” position


Vehicle speed : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0740” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: December 2015 TM-188 2016 Sentra NAM


P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
NO >> INSPECTION END
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787535

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT B


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and CVT unit harness connector terminal.
C

TCM CVT unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal TM
F23 38 F46 6 Existed
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE F
Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Refer to TM-189, "Component Inspection".
Is the check result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". G
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787536
H
1.CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.
I

CVT unit Resistance


— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
J
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.1 Ω
6 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.9 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 7.7 Ω
K

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> There is a malfunction of torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly.
Refer to TM-272, "Removal and Installation".
M

Revision: December 2015 TM-189 2016 Sentra NAM


P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787537

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The TCM torque converter clutch solenoid
valve current monitor reading is 200 mA or
less continuously for 480 msec or more under
the following diagnosis conditions: • Harness or connector
TORQUE CONVERTER
• Diagnosis conditions (Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
P0743 (Torque Converter Clutch Cir-
- Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or circuit is shorted to ground)
cuit Electrical)
more • Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
- GND short circuit diagnosis occurs in the
solenoid valve drive circuit.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION (PART 1)
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION (PART 2)
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
4. Confirm that the CVT fluid temperature is in the following range.

FLUID TEMP : 10°C (50°F) or more

With GST
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the CVT fluid to 10°C (50°F) or more.
NOTE:
When the ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), the CVT fluid usually increases to 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F) with driving in an urban area for approximately 10 minutes.
Is the CVT fluid 10°C (50°F) or more?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> 1. Warm the transaxle.
2. GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Drive the vehicle.
2. Maintain the following conditions for 5 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “D” position


Vehicle speed : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0743” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: December 2015 TM-190 2016 Sentra NAM


P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
NO >> INSPECTION END
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787538

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT B


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.
C

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal TM
F23 38 Ground Not existed
Is the check result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE F
Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Refer to TM-191, "Component Inspection".
Is the check result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". G
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787539
H
1.CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.
I

CVT unit Resistance


— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
J
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.1 Ω
6 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.9 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 7.7 Ω
K

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> There is a malfunction of torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly.
Refer to TM-272, "Removal and Installation".
M

Revision: December 2015 TM-191 2016 Sentra NAM


P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787540

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The torque converter slip speed is at or above
a set value (40 rpm + (Vehicle speed / 2) con-
tinuously for 30 seconds or more under the fol-
lowing diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Selector lever: “D” position
TORQUE CONVERTER - Accelerator pedal position: 1.0/8 or more • Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
P0744 (Torque converter clutch cir- - Vehicle speed: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more • Control valve assembly
cuit intermittent) - Engine speed: 450 rpm or more • Torque converter
- CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) – 180°C
(356°F)
- Lockup command is being given (except for
slip lockup).
- LU PRS: More than 0.2 MPa
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION 1
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION 2
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
4. Confirm that the CVT fluid temperature is in the range below.

FLUID TEMP : 20°C (68°F) or more

With GST
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the CVT fluid to 20°C (68°F) or more.
NOTE:
When the ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), the CVT fluid usually increases to 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F) with driving in an urban area for approximately 10 minutes.
Is the CVT fluid 20°C (68°F) or more?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> 1. Warm the transaxle.
2. GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Drive the vehicle.
2. Maintain the following conditions for 40 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “D” position

Revision: December 2015 TM-192 2016 Sentra NAM


P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Accelerator pedal position : 1.0/8 or more
Vehicle speed : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more A
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check the first trip DTC.
B
Is “P0744” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-193, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787541

1.CHECK LINE PRESSURE TM


Perform line pressure test. Refer to TM-153, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunction items.
2.CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT unit connector.
3. Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Refer to TM-193, "Component Inspection".
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunction items.
H
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787542

1.CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE I


Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.

CVT unit
J
Resistance
— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.1 Ω K


6 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.9 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 7.7 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly.
Refer to TM-292, "Removal and Installation". M

Revision: December 2015 TM-193 2016 Sentra NAM


P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787543

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The detecting condition A or detection condi-
tion B is detected twice or more (1 second or
more later after detection of the first) in the
same DC under the following diagnosis condi-
tions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- After the ignition switch is ON, 500 msec or
more have passed.
- Selector lever: Other than “P” and “N” posi-
tions
- Idle is not being detected.
- Engine speed: 600 rpm or more
- Primary pulley speed: 500 rpm or more
PRESSURE CONTROL SO- - Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
LENOID A - Acceleration/deceleration speed: −0.05 G • Line pressure solenoid valve
P0746
(Pressure Control Solenoid A or more • Control valve assembly
Performance/Stuck Off) - The primary pulley speed experienced 306
rpm or more and the secondary pulley
speed experienced 230 rpm or more at least
once.
- The output speed is 107 rpm or less or the
secondary pulley speed exceeds 61 rpm.
• Detection condition A
- Status with the shifting ratio of the primary
pulley speed/secondary pulley ratio exceed-
ing 2.55 is 200 msec or more continuously.
• Detection condition B
- Status with the shifting ratio of the primary
pulley speed/secondary pulley ratio exceed-
ing 3.35 is 100 msec or more continuously.
NOTE:
DC stands for “DRIVING CYCLE” and indicates a series of driving cycle of “Ignition switch OFF → ON → driv-
ing → OFF”.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “D” position


Accelerator pedal position : 0.1/8 or more
Vehicle speed : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
4. Stop the vehicle.

Revision: December 2015 TM-194 2016 Sentra NAM


P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
5. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0746”detected? A
YES >> Go to TM-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787544

1.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE C


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT unit connector.
3. Check line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to TM-195, "Component Inspection"
TM
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. E
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test. Refer to TM-153, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunction items.
G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787545

1.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE H


Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.

CVT unit Resistance I


— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω


J
2 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of line pressure solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-
292, "Removal and Installation". L

Revision: December 2015 TM-195 2016 Sentra NAM


P0846 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0846 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787546

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The detection conditions continuously for 5
seconds or more under the following diagnosis
conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Selector lever: “D” position
- The primary pulley speed experienced 306
rpm or more and the secondary pulley
speed experienced 230 rpm or more at least
once.
- Stop lamp switch: OFF
- Wheel spin is not being detected.
TRANSMISSION FLUID - The rate of change in pulley ratio: Between
PRESSURE SEN/SW B −0.09 and +0.09 inclusive
• Secondary pressure sensor
P0846 (Transmission Fluid Pressure - Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or
• Control valve assembly
Sensor/Switch B Circuit more
Range/Performance) - GND short diagnosis of the solenoid valve
circuit is not satisfied.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
• Detection conditions
- After the value of “Actual secondary pres-
sure − Target secondary pressure” exceeds
0.675 MPa:
• The rate of change in vehicle speed [km/h
(MPH)]: Between −49 (−30) and +49 (+30)
inclusive
• The rate of change in accelerator pedal an-
gle: Between −1.3/8 and +1.3/8 inclusive

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to “D” position.
3. Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity of 40 km/h (25 MPH) at lease for 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
At the same time, the accelerator pedal angle must be maintained constant.
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0846”detected?
YES >> Go to TM-196, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787547

1.CHECK TCM INPUT SIGNAL


Revision: December 2015 TM-196 2016 Sentra NAM
P0846 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
1. Start the engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground. A

TCM Voltage
— Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) B
• Selector lever: “N” position
F23 16 Ground 0.88 – 0.92 V
• At idle
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> There is a malfunction of secondary pressure sensor value. Replace control valve assembly.
Refer to TM-272, "Removal and Installation". TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-197 2016 Sentra NAM


P0847 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0847 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787548

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The secondary pressure sensor voltage is
0.09 V or less continuously for 5 seconds or • Harness or connector
TRANSMISSION FLUID
more under the following diagnosis conditions: (Secondary pressure sensor circuit is
PRESSURE SEN/SW B
P0847 • Diagnosis conditions open or shorted to ground)
(Transmission Fluid Pressure
- CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (− • Secondary pressure sensor
Sensor/Switch B Circuit Low)
4°F) • Control valve assembly
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
4. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.

FLUID TEMP : −19°C (−2.2°F) or more


5. Check the first trip DTC.
With GST
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
When the ambient temperature is −20°C (−4°F) or less and the engine is cold, warm up the engine
for approximately 5 minutes.
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0847”detected?
YES >> Go to TM-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787549

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT (PART 1)


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and CVT unit harness connector terminals.

TCM CVT unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
11 25
F23 16 F46 14 Existed
26 16
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: December 2015 TM-198 2016 Sentra NAM


P0847 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. A
2.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT (PART 2)
Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.
B

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal C
16
F23 Ground Not existed
26
TM
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
E
3.CHECK TCM INPUT SIGNALS
1. Connect all connectors removed.
2. Start the engine. F
3. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.

+ G
TCM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
H
• Selector lever: “N” position
F23 16 Ground 0.88 – 0.92 V
• At idle
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> There is malfunction of secondary pressure sensor. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to TM-
272, "Removal and Installation".
J

Revision: December 2015 TM-199 2016 Sentra NAM


P0848 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0848 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787550

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The secondary pressure sensor voltage is 4.7
V or more continuously for 5 seconds or more
under the following diagnosis conditions: • Harness or connector
TRANSMISSION FLUID
• Diagnosis conditions (Secondary pressure sensor circuit is
PRESSURE SEN/SW B
P0848 - CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (− shorted to power supply)
(Transmission Fluid Pressure
4°F) • Secondary pressure sensor
Sensor/Switch B Circuit Low)
- Secondary pressure target value: 5.7 MPa • Control valve assembly
or less
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, the ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
4. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.

FLUID TEMP : −19°C (−2.2°F) or more


5. Check the first trip DTC.
With GST
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
When the ambient temperature is −20°C (−4°F) or less and the engine is cold, warm up the engine
for approximately 5 minutes.
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0848”detected?
YES >> Go to TM-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787551

1.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT unit connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Voltage
TCM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F46 16 Ground 5.0 V

Revision: December 2015 TM-200 2016 Sentra NAM


P0848 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
B
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals.
C
TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
TM
F23 16 Other than 16 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK TCM INPUT SIGNALS
F
1. Connect all connectors removed.
2. Start the engine.
3. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.
G
+
TCM - Condition Voltage H
Connector Terminal
• Selector lever: “N” position
F23 16 Ground 0.88 – 0.92 V
• At idle I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> There is a malfunction of secondary pressure sensor. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to J
TM-272, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-201 2016 Sentra NAM


P0863 TCM COMMUNICATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0863 TCM COMMUNICATION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787552

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
TCM COMMUNICATION
P0863 An error is detected at the initial CAN diagnosis of TCM. TCM
(TCM Communication Circuit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “P0863” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787553

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDNT


Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the TCM. Refer to TM-266, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-202 2016 Sentra NAM


P0890 TCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0890 TCM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787554

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The battery voltage supplied to the TCM is
TCM • Harness or connector
less than 8.4 V continuously for 200 msec or
(Transmission Control Module (TCM power supply (back-up) circuit is
P0890 more under the following diagnosis condition:
Power Relay Sense Circuit open or shorted.) TM
• Diagnosis condition
Low) • TCM
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. F

>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check the DTC. H
Is “P0890” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787555

1.CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect TCM connector.
K
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.

+
L
TCM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
45 M
F23 Ground 10 – 16 V
46
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the TCM. Refer to TM-266, "Removal and Installation". P
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS
Check the following items:
• Open or short circuit of harness between battery positive terminal and TCM connector terminals 45 and 46.
Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram — Battery Power Supply —".
• 10A fuse (No.25, fuse and fusible link block). Refer to PG-63, "Terminal Arrangement".

Revision: December 2015 TM-203 2016 Sentra NAM


P0890 TCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• 10A fuse (No.28, fuse and fusible link block). Refer to PG-63, "Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-204 2016 Sentra NAM


P0962 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0962 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787556

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The line pressure solenoid valve current is 200
mA or less continuously for 200 msec or more
PRESSURE CONTROL SO- under the following diagnosis conditions: • Harness or connector
LENOID A • Diagnosis conditions (Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is TM
P0962
(Pressure Control Solenoid A - Solenoid output current: 750 mA or more shorted to ground)
Control Circuit Low) - GND short diagnosis of the solenoid drive • Line pressure solenoid valve
circuit is satisfied.
E
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK F

If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0962” detected? I
YES >> Go to TM-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787557

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT K


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground. L

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal M
F23 30 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE O
Check line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to TM-205, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787558

1.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.

Revision: December 2015 TM-205 2016 Sentra NAM


P0962 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

CVT unit Resistance


— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω


2 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of line pressure solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to
TM-272, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-206 2016 Sentra NAM


P0963 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0963 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787559

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The line pressure solenoid valve current is 200
mA or less continuously for 200 msec or more
under the following diagnosis conditions: • Harness or connector
PC SOLENOID A TM
• Diagnosis conditions (Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is
P0963 (Pressure Control Solenoid A
- Solenoid output current: 750 mA or more open or shorted to power supply)
Control Circuit High)
- GND short diagnosis of the solenoid drive • Line pressure solenoid valve
circuit is not satisfied.
E
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK F

If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.
G

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0963” detected? I
YES >> Go to TM-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787560

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT K


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and CVT unit harness connector terminal. L

TCM CVT unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
F23 30 F46 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE O
Check line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to TM-207, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787561

1.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.

Revision: December 2015 TM-207 2016 Sentra NAM


P0963 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

CVT unit Resistance


— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω


2 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of line pressure solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to
TM-272, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-208 2016 Sentra NAM


P0965 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0965 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787562

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The detection conditions continuously for 5
seconds or more under the following diagnosis
conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions TM
- Selector lever: Other than “P” and “N” posi-
PC SOLENOID B tions
(Pressure control solenoid B - Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
P0965 Primary pressure solenoid valve E
control circuit range perfor- - Engine speed: More than 500 rpm
mance) • Detection condition A
- Actual primary pulley ratio: 2.0 – 2.4
- Target primary pulley ratio: Less than 1.2 F
• Detection condition B
- Actual primary pulley ratio: 0.35 – 0.75
- Target primary pulley ratio: More than 1.55
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
• Be sure to perform “TM-209, "Diagnosis Procedure"” and then perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO- H
CEDURE”.
• Never perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” before the repairs. Doing so may result in a sec-
ondary malfunction.
• Be careful of the driving speed. I
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at J
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle. L
3. Maintain the following conditions for 20 seconds or more.

Vehicle speed : 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more M


4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0965”detected? N
YES >> Go to TM-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787563

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P


Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-292, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-209 2016 Sentra NAM


P0966 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0966 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787564

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The primary pressure solenoid valve current is
200 mA or less continuously for 480 msec or
more under the following diagnosis conditions:
• Harness or connector
PC SOLENOID B • Diagnosis conditions
(Primary pressure solenoid valve cir-
P0966 (Pressure Control Solenoid B - Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or
cuit shorted to ground)
Control Circuit Low) more
• Primary pressure solenoid valve
- GND short circuit diagnosis occurs in the
solenoid valve drive circuit.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0966” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787565

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F23 40 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Check primary pressure solenoid valve. Refer to TM-210, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787566

1.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.
Revision: December 2015 TM-210 2016 Sentra NAM
P0966 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

CVT unit Resistance


A
— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω


B
3 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of primary pressure solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly. Refer
to TM-272, "Removal and Installation". TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-211 2016 Sentra NAM


P0967 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0967 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787567

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The primary pressure solenoid valve current is
200 mA or less continuously for 200 msec or
more under the following diagnosis conditions:
• Harness or connector
PC SOLENOID B • Diagnosis conditions
(Primary pressure solenoid valve cir-
P0967 (Pressure Control Solenoid B - Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or
cuit open or shorted to power supply)
Control Circuit High) more
• Primary pressure solenoid valve
- GND short diagnosis of the solenoid valve
circuit is not satisfied.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0967” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787568

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and CVT unit harness connector terminal.

TCM CVT unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 40 F46 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Check primary pressure solenoid valve. Refer to TM-212, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787569

1.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE


Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.
Revision: December 2015 TM-212 2016 Sentra NAM
P0967 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

CVT unit Resistance


A
— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω


B
3 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of primary pressure solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly. Refer
to TM-272, "Removal and Installation". TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-213 2016 Sentra NAM


P0998 SHIFT SOLENOID F
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0998 SHIFT SOLENOID F
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787570

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The TCM low brake solenoid valve current
monitor reading is 200 mA or less continuous-
ly for 480 msec or more under the following di-
agnosis conditions: • Harness or connector
SHIFT SOLENOID F
• Diagnosis conditions (Low brake solenoid valve circuit short-
P0998 (Shift Solenoid F Control Cir-
- Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or ed to ground)
cuit Low)
more • Low brake solenoid valve
- GND short circuit diagnosis occurs in the
solenoid valve drive circuit.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to “D” position and wait for 5 seconds or more.
3. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0998” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-214, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787571

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F23 39 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK LOW BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Check low brake solenoid valve. Refer to TM-215, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-214 2016 Sentra NAM


P0998 SHIFT SOLENOID F
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787572

A
1.CHECK LOW BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.
B

CVT unit Resistance


— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
C
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω
22 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω TM
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> There is a malfunction of low brake solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to TM-
272, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-215 2016 Sentra NAM


P0999 SHIFT SOLENOID F
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P0999 SHIFT SOLENOID F
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787573

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The TCM low brake solenoid valve current
monitor reading is 200 mA or less continuous-
ly for 200 msec or more under the following di-
agnosis conditions: • Harness or connector
SHIFT SOLENOID F
• Diagnosis conditions (Low brake solenoid valve circuit is
P0999 (Shift Solenoid F Control Cir-
- Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or open or shorted to power supply)
cuit High)
more • Low brake solenoid valve
- GND short diagnosis of the solenoid valve
circuit is not satisfied.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to “D” position and wait for 5 seconds or more.
3. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0999” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787574

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and CVT unit harness connector terminal.

TCM CVT unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 39 F46 22 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK LOW BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Check low brake solenoid valve. Refer to TM-217, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-216 2016 Sentra NAM


P0999 SHIFT SOLENOID F
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787575

A
1.CHECK LOW BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.
B

CVT unit Resistance


— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
C
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω
22 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω TM
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> There is a malfunction of low brake solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly. Refer to TM-
272, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-217 2016 Sentra NAM


P099B SHIFT SOLENOID G
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P099B SHIFT SOLENOID G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787576

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The TCM high clutch & reverse brake solenoid
valve current monitor reading is 200 mA or
less continuously for 200 msec or more under
• Harness or connector
the following diagnosis conditions:
SHIFT SOLENOID G (High& clutch reverse brake solenoid
• Diagnosis conditions
P099B (Shift Solenoid G Control Cir- valve circuit shorted to ground)
- Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or
cuit Low) • High clutch & reverse brake solenoid
more
valve
- GND short circuit diagnosis occurs in the
solenoid valve drive circuit.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P099B” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787577

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F23 37 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK HIGH CLUTCH & REVERSE BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Check high clutch & reverse brake solenoid valve. Refer to TM-218, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787578

1.CHECK HIGH CLUTCH & REVERSE BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE


Revision: December 2015 TM-218 2016 Sentra NAM
P099B SHIFT SOLENOID G
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.
A
CVT unit Resistance
— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
B
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω
23 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of high & reverse brake solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly. TM
Refer to TM-272, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-219 2016 Sentra NAM


P099C SHIFT SOLENOID G
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P099C SHIFT SOLENOID G
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787579

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The TCM high clutch & reverse brake solenoid
valve current monitor reading is 200 mA or
less continuously for 200 msec or more under • Harness or connector
the following diagnosis conditions: (High clutch & reverse brake solenoid
SHIFT SOLENOID G
• Diagnosis conditions valve circuit is open or shorted to pow-
P099C (Shift Solenoid G Control Cir-
- Solenoid valve output current: 750 mA or er supply)
cuit High)
more • High clutch & reverse brake solenoid
- GND short diagnosis of the solenoid valve valve
circuit is not satisfied.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more
2. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P099C” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-220, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787580

1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and CVT unit harness connector terminal.

TCM CVT unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 37 F46 23 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK HIGH CLUTCH & REVERSE BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Check high clutch & reverse brake solenoid valve. Refer to TM-220, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012787581

1.CHECK HIGH CLUTCH & REVERSE BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE


Revision: December 2015 TM-220 2016 Sentra NAM
P099C SHIFT SOLENOID G
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.
A
CVT unit Resistance
— Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
B
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.3 Ω
23 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.7 Ω C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> There is a malfunction of high & reverse brake solenoid valve. Replace control valve assembly. TM
Refer to TM-272, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-221 2016 Sentra NAM


P1586 G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P1586 G SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787582

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
When the following diagnosis conditions are
satisfied and the detection conditions are sat-
isfied twice in the same DC:
• Diagnosis conditions
- While driving
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
• Detection condition
- The G sensor detection voltage is 0.7 V or
less continuously for 5 seconds or more. • Harness or connector
G Sensor
P1586 (G sensor circuit)
(Gravity Sensor Circuit) When the following diagnosis conditions are • G sensor
satisfied and the detection conditions are sat-
isfied twice in the same DC:
• Diagnosis conditions
- While driving
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
• Detection condition
- The G sensor detection voltage is 3.2 V or
more continuously for 5 seconds or more.
NOTE:
DC stands for “DRIVING CYCLE” and indicates a series of driving cycle of “Ignition switch OFF → ON → driv-
ing → OFF”.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle for 10 seconds or more.
3. Stop the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Never stop the engine.
4. Repeat step 2 through 3.
5. Check the DTC.
Is “P1586” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787583

1.CHECK G SENSOR SIGNAL


With CONSULT
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: December 2015 TM-222 2016 Sentra NAM


P1586 G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
3. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
4. Select “G SEN SLOPE”. A
5. Swing the vehicle and check if the value varies between −40.45% and 40.45%.

Monitor item Condition Standard B


Flat road 0%
G SEN SLOPE Uphill Positive value (Maximum 40.45%)
C
Downhill Negative value (Minimum −40.45%)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. TM
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR (PART 1)
E
With CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
2. Touch “Erase”.
F
>> Perform “CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR”. Refer to TM-151, "Description".
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect G sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check voltage between G sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

+
I
Voltage
G sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B89 3 Ground 5.0 V J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
K
NO >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND G SENSOR (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and G sensor harness connector terminals.
M
TCM G sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
11 2 N
F23 B89 Existed
14 1
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND G SENSOR (PART 2) P
Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F23 14 Ground Not existed

Revision: December 2015 TM-223 2016 Sentra NAM


P1586 G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK G SENSOR
1. Remove G sensor. Refer to TM-271, "Removal and Installation".
2. Connect the all connectors.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.

: Direction of gravitational force

+
Voltage
TCM - Test condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

: Vertical (−1G) 1.17 V

F23 14 Ground : Horizontal 2.5 V SCIA8343J

: Vertical (1G) 3.83 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace G sensor. Refer to TM-271, "Removal and Installation".
7.CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR (PART 2)
With CONSULT
1. Install G sensor. Refer to TM-271, "Removal and Installation".
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Touch “Erase”.

>> Perform “CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR”. Refer to TM-151, "Description".


8.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and G sensor harness connector terminal.

TCM G sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 26 B89 3 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
9.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (PART 2)
Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F23 26 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-224 2016 Sentra NAM


P1588 G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P1588 G SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787584

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
When the following diagnosis conditions are
satisfied and the detection conditions are sat-
isfied twice in the same DC:
• Diagnosis condition (1 second or more) TM
- The rate of change in G sensor detection
G Sensor value (mV): Between −15 and +15 inclusive
P1588 G sensor
(Gravity Sensor Circuit) • Detection condition
E
- The rate of change in acceleration/deceler-
ation stays 0.2677 m/s2 (0.0273 G) or more/
−0.2677 m/s2 (−0.0273 G) or less at least for
5 seconds or more. F
NOTE:
DC stands for “DRIVING CYCLE” and indicates a series of driving cycle of “Ignition switch OFF → ON → driv-
ing → OFF”. G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
H
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at I
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT K
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “G SPEED”.
4. Drive the vehicle. L
5. Maintain the following conditions for 8 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “D” position M


G SPEED : 0.05 G or more
6. Stop the vehicle.
CAUTION: N
Never stop the engine.
7. Repeat steps 4 through 6.
8. Check the DTC.
O
Is “P1588” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787585

1.CHECK G SENSOR SIGNAL


With CONSULT
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

Revision: December 2015 TM-225 2016 Sentra NAM


P1588 G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
3. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
4. Select “G SEN SLOPE”.
5. Swing the vehicle and check if the value varies between −40.45% and 40.45%.

Monitor item Condition Standard


Flat road 0%
G SEN SLOPE Uphill Positive value (maximum 40.45%)
Downhill Negative value (Minimum −40.45%)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR (PART 1)
With CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
2. Touch “Erase”.

>> Perform “CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR”. Refer to TM-151, "Description".


3.CHECK G SENSOR
1. Remove G sensor. Refer to TM-271, "Removal and Installation".
2. Connect the all connectors.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground.

: Direction of gravitational force

+
Voltage
TCM - Test condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal

: Vertical (−1G) 1.17 V

F23 14 Ground : Horizontal 2.5 V SCIA8343J

: Vertical (1G) 3.83 V

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace G sensor. Refer to TM-271, "Removal and Installation".
4.CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR (PART 2)
With CONSULT
1. Install G sensor. Refer to TM-271, "Removal and Installation".
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Touch “Erase”.

>> Perform “CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR”. Refer to TM-151, "Description".

Revision: December 2015 TM-226 2016 Sentra NAM


P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787586

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
The secondary speed sensor value is less
than 150 rpm continuously for 5 seconds or
more under the following diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions TM
- Primary pulley speed: 1,000 rpm or more • Harness or connector
INPUT SPEED SENSOR B - TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V (Secondary speed sensor circuit is
P2765 (Input/Turbine Speed Sensor The secondary pulley speed sensor value is open or shorted) E
B Circuit) 240 rpm or less continuously for 500 msec or • Secondary speed sensor
more under the following diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis condition
- 10-msec-ago secondary pulley speed: F
1,000 rpm or more
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G


CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK H

If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. I

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J

1. Start the engine.


2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more. K

Selector lever : “D” position


Vehicle speed : 55 km/h (34 MPH) or more L
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P2765” detected? M
YES >> Go to TM-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787587

1.CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT O


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect secondary speed sensor connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
P
4. Check voltage between secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

+
Secondary speed sensor - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F30 3 Ground 10 – 16 V

Revision: December 2015 TM-227 2016 Sentra NAM


P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between of secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

Secondary speed sensor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F30 1 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness con-
nector terminal.

Secondary speed sensor TCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 2 F23 34 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 2)
Check continuity between secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.

Secondary speed sensor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F30 2 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK TCM INPUT SIGNALS
1. Connect all of disconnected connectors.
2. Lift the vehicle.
3. Start the engine.
4. Check frequency of secondary speed sensor.

+
Frequency
TCM - Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
700 Hz

• Selector lever: “L” position


F23 34 Ground
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)

JSDIA1905GB

Revision: December 2015 TM-228 2016 Sentra NAM


P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". A
NO >> Replace secondary speed sensor. TM-277, "Removal and Installation".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS
B
Check the following items:
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Wiring Diagram
— Ignition Power Supply —".
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between IPDM E/R and secondary speed sensor. C
• 10A fuse (No.45, IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-64, "IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement".
• IPDM E/R
Is the check result normal? TM
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
E

Revision: December 2015 TM-229 2016 Sentra NAM


P2857 CLUTCH A PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P2857 CLUTCH A PRESSURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787588

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The auxiliary gearbox gear ratio is 2.232 or
more for the auxiliary gearbox 1GR ratio con-
tinuously for 5 seconds or more under the fol-
lowing diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Selector lever: Other than “P”, “R” and “N”
positions
CLUTCH A PRESSURE
- Accelerator pedal position: 0.7/8 or more • Low brake solenoid valve
P2857 (Clutch A Pressure Engage-
- Engine speed: More than 550 rpm • Control valve assembly
ment Performance)
- Output speed: More than 300 rpm
- Secondary pulley speed: More than 300
rpm
- Command for the 1GR of auxiliary gearbox
is in progress.
- Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
• Be sure to perform “TM-230, "Diagnosis Procedure"” and then perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-
CEDURE”.
• Never perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” before the repairs. Doing so may result in a sec-
ondary malfunction.
• Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “L” POSITION


Accelerator pedal position : 0.7/8 or more
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P2857” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-230, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787589

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-292, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-230 2016 Sentra NAM


P2857 CLUTCH A PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
A

TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-231 2016 Sentra NAM


P2858 CLUTCH B PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P2858 CLUTCH B PRESSURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787590

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The auxiliary gearbox gear ratio is 2.232 or
more for the auxiliary gearbox 2GR ratio con-
tinuously for 5 seconds or more under the fol-
lowing diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Selector lever: Other than “P”, “R” and “N”
positions
CLUTCH B PRESSURE • High clutch & reverse brake solenoid
- Accelerator pedal position: 0.7/8 or more
P2858 (Clutch B Pressure Engage- valve
- Engine speed: More than 550 rpm
ment Performance) • Control valve assembly
- Output speed: More than 300 rpm
- Secondary pulley speed: More than 300
rpm
- Command for the 2GR of auxiliary gearbox
is in progress.
- Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
• Be sure to perform “TM-232, "Diagnosis Procedure"” and then perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-
CEDURE”.
• Never perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” before the repairs. Doing so may result in a sec-
ondary malfunction.
• Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.

Selector lever : “D” POSITION


Accelerator pedal position : 0.7/8 or more
Vehicle speed : 45 km/h (28 MPH) or more
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P2858” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787591

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-292, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-232 2016 Sentra NAM


P2858 CLUTCH B PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
A

TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-233 2016 Sentra NAM


P2859 CLUTCH A PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P2859 CLUTCH A PRESSURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787592

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The detection conditions continuously for 200
msec or more under the following diagnosis
conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Selector lever: Other than “P”, “R” and “N”
positions
- Vehicle speed: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
- Engine speed: More than 550 rpm
- Output speed: More than 300 rpm
- Secondary pulley speed: More than 300
rpm
- A lapse of 500 msec or more after the stop
lamp switch is turned from ON to OFF.
- Command for the 2GR of auxiliary gearbox
is in progress.
- Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
• Detection conditions
CLUTCH A PRESSURE - Acceleration/deceleration: Less than −0.05 • Low brake solenoid valve
P2859 (Clutch A Pressure Disengage- G • Control valve assembly
ment Performance) - Actual auxiliary gearbox gear ratio − Auxilia-
ry gearbox 2GR ratio ≥ 50%
The auxiliary gearbox gear ratio is ±10% or
less for the auxiliary gearbox 1GR ratio contin-
uously for 500 msec or more under the follow-
ing diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Selector lever: Other than “P”, “R” and “N”
positions
- Accelerator pedal position: 0.7/8 or more
- Engine speed: More than 550 rpm
- Secondary pulley speed: More than 300
rpm
- Output speed: More than 300 rpm
- Command for the 2GR of auxiliary gearbox
is in progress.
- Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC COFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
• Be sure to perform “TM-235, "Diagnosis Procedure"” and then perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-
CEDURE”.
• Never perform “TC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” before the repairs. Doing so may result in a sec-
ondary malfunction.
• Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
Revision: December 2015 TM-234 2016 Sentra NAM
P2859 CLUTCH A PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more. A

Selector lever : “D” position


Accelerator pedal position : 0.7/8 or more B
Vehicle speed : 45 km/h (28 MPH) or more
4. Stop the vehicle
5. Check the first trip DTC. C
Is “P2859” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END TM
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787593

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-292, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
G

Revision: December 2015 TM-235 2016 Sentra NAM


P285A CLUTCH B PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
P285A CLUTCH B PRESSURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012787594

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC DTC detection condition Possible causes
(Trouble diagnosis content)
The detection conditions continuously for 200
msec or more under the following diagnosis
conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Selector lever: Other than “P”, “R” and “N”
positions
- Vehicle speed: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
- Engine speed: More than 550 rpm
- Output speed: More than 300 rpm
- Secondary pulley speed: More than 300
rpm
- A lapse of 500 msec or more after the stop
lamp switch is turned from ON to OFF.
- Command for the 1GR of auxiliary gearbox
is in progress.
- Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
• Detection conditions
CLUTCH B PRESSURE - Acceleration/deceleration: Less than −0.05 • High clutch & reverse brake solenoid
P285A (Clutch B Pressure Disengage- G valve
ment Performance) - Actual auxiliary gearbox gear ratio − Auxilia- • Control valve assembly
ry gearbox 1GR ratio ≥ 50%
The auxiliary gearbox gear ratio is ±10% or
less for the auxiliary gearbox 2GR ratio contin-
uously for 500 msec or more under the follow-
ing diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Selector lever: Other than “P”, “R” and “N”
positions
- Accelerator pedal position: 0.7/8 or more
- Engine speed: More than 550 rpm
- Secondary pulley speed: More than 300
rpm
- Output speed: More than 300 rpm
- Command for the 1GR of auxiliary gearbox
is in progress.
- Auxiliary gearbox shifting is not in progress.
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CAUTION:
• Be sure to perform “TM-237, "Diagnosis Procedure"” and then perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-
CEDURE”.
• Never perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” before the repairs. Doing so may result in a sec-
ondary malfunction.
• Be careful of the driving speed.
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
1. Start the engine.
Revision: December 2015 TM-236 2016 Sentra NAM
P285A CLUTCH B PRESSURE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more. A

Selector lever : “L” POSITION


Accelerator pedal position : 0.7/8 or more B
Vehicle speed : 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
4. Stop the vehicle.
5. Check the first trip DTC. C
Is “P285A” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-237, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END TM
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787595

1.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".


Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-292, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
G

Revision: December 2015 TM-237 2016 Sentra NAM


MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787596

1.CHECK TCM POWER CIRCUIT (PART 1)


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.

+
TCM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
45
F23 Ground 10 – 16 V
46
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK TCM POWER CIRCUIT (PART 2)
Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.

+
TCM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
47
Ignition switch OFF 0V
F23 Ground
Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
48
Ignition switch OFF 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F23 Ground Existed
42
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTION ITEMS (PART 1)
Check the following items:
• Open or short circuit of harness between battery positive terminal and TCM connector terminals 45 and 46.
Refer to PG-15, "Wiring Diagram — Battery Power Supply —".
• 10A fuse (No.33, IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-64, "IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement".
• 10A fuse (No.36, IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-64, "IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-238 2016 Sentra NAM


MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS (PART 2) A


Check the following items:
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Wiring Diagram
— Ignition Power Supply —".
B
• Harness open circuit or short circuit between IPDM E/R and TCM.
• 10A fuse (No.45, IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-64, "IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement".
• IPDM E/R
Is the check result normal? C
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
TM

Revision: December 2015 TM-239 2016 Sentra NAM


OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012787597

1.CHECK SPORT INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION


Check OD OFF indicator lamp turns ON for approx. 2 seconds when ignition switch turns ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to TM-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK SPORT MODE SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Shift the selector lever to “D” position.
2. Check that OD OFF indicator lamp turns ON/OFF when overdrive control switch is operated.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to TM-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787598

1.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals.

CVT shift selector


Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
M38 1 2 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
Check continuity between CVT shift selector connector terminals.

CVT shift selector


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Overdrive control switch is depressed. Existed
1–2
Overdrive control switch is released. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
Check overdrive control switch. Refer to TM-241, "Component Inspection (Overdrive Control Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace CVT shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-256, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground.

Revision: December 2015 TM-240 2016 Sentra NAM


OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

CVT shift selector A


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M38 2 Ground Existed
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. C
5.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter connector. TM
3. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and CVT shift selector harness
connector terminal.
E
Combination meter CVT shift selector
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M24 (TYPE A) 8
F
M38 1 Existed
M122 (TYPE B) 10
NOTE: G
To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. H
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (PART 2)
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminal and ground. I

Combination meter
— Continuity J
Connector Terminal
M24 (TYPE A) 8
Ground Not existed
M122 (TYPE B) 10 K
NOTE:
To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
7.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL M

1. Connect all of disconnected connectors.


2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Select “Data Monitor” in “METER/M&A”.
4. Select “O/D OFF SW”.
5. Check that “O/D OFF SW” turns ON/OFF when overdrive control switch is operated. Refer to MWI-21,
"Reference Value" (TYPE A) or MWI-95, "Reference Value" (TYPE B). O
NOTE:
To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-74, "Removal and Installation" (TYPE A) or MWI-150,
"Removal and Installation" (TYPE B). To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
Component Inspection (Overdrive Control Switch) INFOID:0000000012787599

1.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH


Revision: December 2015 TM-241 2016 Sentra NAM
OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Check continuity between wires of selector lever knob .

Condition Continuity
Overdrive control switch is depressed Existed
Overdrive control switch is released Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace selector lever knob. Refer to TM-256,
"Removal and Installation".
JSDIA2795ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-242 2016 Sentra NAM


OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012787600

1.CHECK OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP FUNCTION B


Check OD OFF indicator lamp turns ON for approx. 2 seconds when ignition switch turns ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to TM-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787601
TM

1.CHECK DTC (TCM)


With CONSULT E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
Is any DTC detected? F
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to TM-127, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC (COMBINATION METER) G

With CONSULT
Check “Self Diagnostic Results” in “METER/M&A”.
H
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to MWI-26, "DTC Index" (TYPE A) or MWI-100, "DTC Index"
(TYPE B). To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
I
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT J
1. Shift the selector lever to “D” position.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “METER/M&A”.
3. Select “O/D OFF IND”. K
4. Check that “O/D OFF IND” turns ON/OFF when overdrive control switch is operated. Refer to MWI-21,
"Reference Value" (TYPE A) or MWI-95, "Reference Value" (TYPE B).
NOTE:
To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-74, "Removal and Installation" (TYPE A) or MWI-150,
"Removal and Installation" (TYPE B). To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information". M
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL N
With CONSULT
1. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
2. Select “SPORT MODE SW”.
O
3. Check that “SPORT MODE SW” turns ON/OFF when overdrive control switch is operated. Refer to MWI-
21, "Reference Value" (TYPE A) or MWI-95, "Reference Value" (TYPE B).
NOTE:
To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-74, "Removal and Installation" (TYPE A) or MWI-150,
"Removal and Installation" (TYPE B). To identify vehicle type, refer to MWI-5, "Information".
NO >> Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to TM-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: December 2015 TM-243 2016 Sentra NAM


SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT
Component Parts Function Inspection INFOID:0000000012787602

1.CHECK SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR


1. Start the engine.
2. Shift selector lever.
3. Check that the selector lever position and the shift position indicator on the combination meter are identi-
cal.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to TM-244, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787603

1.CHECK TCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL


With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “RANGE”.
4. Shift selector lever.
5. Check that selector lever position, “RANGE” on the CONSULT screen, and shift position indicator display
on the combination meter are identical.
Is the check result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 (“RANGE” is changed but is not displayed on the shift position indicator.>>Check “Self Diagnostic
Result” in “TRANSMISSION”.
NO-2 (“RANGE” and shift position indicator are different.)>>Check “Self Diagnostic Result” in “TRANSMIS-
SION”.
NO-3 (Specific“RANGE” is not displayed on the shift position indicator.)>>Check “Self Diagnostic Result” in
“METER/M&A”.

Revision: December 2015 TM-244 2016 Sentra NAM


SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012787604

1.CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION (PART 1) B


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Shift the selector lever to park “P” position.
3. Attempt to shift the selector lever to any other position with the brake pedal released. C
Can the selector lever be shifted to any other position?
YES >> Go to TM-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2. TM
2.CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION (PART 2)
Attempt to shift the selector lever to any other position with the brake pedal depressed. E
Can the selector lever be shifted to any other position?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Go to TM-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012787605

G
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to TM-137, "Wiring Diagram".

H
1.CHECK POWER SOURCE (PART 1)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between the stop lamp switch harness connector terminal and ground.
J
+
Stop lamp switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal K
E60 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 9.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH MOUNTING POSITION M
Check stop lamp switch mounting position. Refer to BR-15, "Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch mounting position.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH O
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to TM-247, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (PART 1)
1. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector.
2. Check the continuity between the stop lamp switch harness connector terminal and the CVT shift selector
harness connector terminal.

Revision: December 2015 TM-245 2016 Sentra NAM


SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

Stop lamp switch CVT shift selector


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E60 4 M38 3 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND CVT SHIFT SELECTOR (PART 2)
Check the continuity between the stop lamp switch harness connector terminal and ground.

Stop lamp switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E60 4 Ground No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between the CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground.

CVT shift selector


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M38 4 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK PART POSITION SWITCH
1. Disconnect park position switch connector.
2. Check park position switch. Refer to TM-247, "Component Inspection (Park Position Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
1. Disconnect shift lock solenoid connector.
2. Check shift lock solenoid. Refer to TM-247, "Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
• Open or short circuit of the harness between ignition switch and stop lamp switch connector. Refer to PG-27,
"Wiring Diagram — Ignition Power Supply —"
• Ignition switch
• 10A fuse [No.5, fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-62, "Terminal Arrangement".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

Revision: December 2015 TM-246 2016 Sentra NAM


SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid) INFOID:0000000012787606

A
1.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
Apply voltage to terminals of shift lock solenoid and park position switch (shift selector) connector and check
that shift lock solenoid is activated. B
CAUTION:
• Connect a fuse between the terminals when applying voltage.
• Never cause shorting between terminals. C

+ (fuse) -
Shift lock solenoid Condition Status TM
Terminal
Apply 12 V between termi-
nals 3 and 4 with the park
E
3 4 position switch (shift selec- Shift lock solenoid operates
tor) in the "P" (park) posi-
tion.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-256, "Removal and Installation". G
Component Inspection (Park Position Switch) INFOID:0000000012787607

1.CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH (SHIFT SELECTOR) H

Apply voltage to terminals of shift lock solenoid and park position switch (shift selector) connector and check
that shift lock solenoid is activated.
CAUTION: I
• Connect a fuse between the terminals when applying voltage.
• Never cause shorting between terminals.
J
+ (fuse) -
Shift lock solenoid Condition Status
K
Terminal
Apply 12 V between termi-
nals 3 and 4 with the park
3 4 position switch (shift selec- Shift lock solenoid operates
L
tor) in the "P" (park) posi-
tion.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace CVT shift selector. Refer to TM-256, "Removal and Installation".
N
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000012787608

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH O


Check the continuity between the stop lamp switch connector terminals.

Stop lamp switch P


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Depressed brake pedal Yes
3–4
Released brake pedal No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-23, "Exploded View".
Revision: December 2015 TM-247 2016 Sentra NAM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000012787609

The diagnosis item number indicates the order of check. Start checking in the order from 1.
Symptom diagnosis chart 1-1
Electric system

Primary pressure solenoid valve (P0965, P0966, P0967)

CVT fluid temperature sensor (P0711, P0712, P0713)


Line pressure solenoid valve (P0746, P0962, P0963)
Secondary pressure sensor (P0846, P0847, P0848)
Transmission position switch (P0705, P0706)

High clutch &reverse brake solenoid valve


Line pressure is out of the standard value.
Incorrect adjustment of CVT fluid level

Secondary speed sensor (P2765)

(P099B, P099C, P2858, P285A)

(P0998, P0999, P2857, P2859)


Primary speed sensor (P0715)

Output speed sensor (P0720)


Symptom

Low brake solenoid valve


Overdrive control switch

(P0740, P0743, P0744)


Lock-up solenoid valve
Engine system

Control cable

TCM
TM-253

TM-153

TM-154

TM-240

TM-127
EC-130

TM-115

The engine speed increases in


“D”, “L”, or “R” position, but the 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
vehicle cannot start.
Engine stall occurs in “D”, “L”,
or “R” position and the vehicle 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
does not start.
Driving is Acceleration at start is not suf-
not possi- ficient in “D”, “L”, or “R” posi- 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
ble. tion.
The engine speed increases
suddenly in “D”, “L”, or “R” po- 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
sition during driving.
Engine brake is suddenly ap-
plied in “D” or “R” position dur- 1 1 1 1 1 1
ing driving.

Revision: December 2015 TM-248 2016 Sentra NAM


ble.
Shifting is
not possi-
OD OFF.
Symptom

in “L” position.

Revision: December 2015


“D” or “L” position.
from 1GR ⇔ 2GR.

lockup is not possible.


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >

auxiliary gearbox is shifted


The engine races when the

Shifting does not occur with

slippage occurs in lockup or


During driving in “D” position,
Engine braking is not effective

ly before stop at deceleration in


Engine stall occurs immediate-
EC-130 Engine system

2
TM-253 Incorrect adjustment of CVT fluid level

TM-153 Line pressure is out of the standard value.

1
1
TM-154 Control cable

1
TM-115 TCM

1
1
1
TM-240 Overdrive control switch

TM-249
Primary speed sensor (P0715)

1
1
Secondary speed sensor (P2765)

1
1
Output speed sensor (P0720)

1
1
1
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM

Transmission position switch (P0705, P0706)


1

1
1
Secondary pressure sensor (P0846, P0847, P0848)

2
Primary pressure solenoid valve (P0965, P0966, P0967)
2

1
1

TM-127
1

Line pressure solenoid valve (P0746, P0962, P0963)

1
1
1
Electric system

Lock-up solenoid valve


1

1
1

(P0740, P0743, P0744)

High clutch &reverse brake solenoid valve


1

(P099B, P099C, P2858, P285A)

Low brake solenoid valve


1
1

(P0998, P0999, P2857, P2859)

CVT fluid temperature sensor (P0711, P0712, P0713)


1

2016 Sentra NAM


[CVT: RE0F11A]

L
F

P
K
E
B
A

N
H
C

O
G

M
TM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Symptom diagnosis chart 1-2
Replace the control valve or transaxle assembly.
Oil pres-
sure con- Power transmission
trol

Final gear, differential gear


Valve body, control valve

Parking mechanism
Torque converter
Symptom

Pulley, steel belt

Reduction gear
Reverse brake

Planetary gear
Counter gear
High clutch
Low brake
Oil pump

Bearings
TM-272

TM-292
The engine speed increases in 1
1
“D”, “L”, or “R” position, but the 1 1 1 (In “D” or 1 1 1 1
(In “R”)
vehicle cannot start. “L”)
Engine stall occurs in “D”, “L”,
or “R” position and the vehicle 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
does not start.
Driving is Acceleration at start is not suf- 1
1
not possi- ficient in “D”, “L”, or “R” posi- 1 1 (In “D” or
(In “R”)
ble. tion. “L”)
The engine speed increases 1 1
1
suddenly in “D”, “L”, or “R” po- 1 1 1 (In “D” or (In “D” or
(In “R”)
sition during driving. “L”) “L”)
Engine brake is suddenly ap- 1 1
1
plied in “D” or “R” position dur- 1 (In “D” or (In “D” or
(In “R”)
ing driving. “L”) “L”)
The engine races when the
auxiliary gearbox is shifted 1 1 2 1 1
from 1GR ⇔ 2GR.
Engine braking is not effective
1 2 1 2 1 1
in “L” position.
Shifting is Shifting does not occur with
not possi- OD OFF.
ble.
Engine stall occurs immedi-
ately before stop at decelera- 1 1
tion in “D” or “L” position.
During driving in “D” position,
slippage occurs in lockup or 1 1
lockup is not possible.

Revision: December 2015 TM-250 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Symptom diagnosis chart 2-1
Electric system A

Primary pressure solenoid valve (P0965, P0966, P0967)

CVT fluid temperature sensor (P0711, P0712, P0713)


Line pressure solenoid valve (P0746, P0962, P0963)
Secondary pressure sensor (P0846, P0847, P0848)
B

Transmission position switch (P0705, P0706)

High clutch &reverse brake solenoid valve


Line pressure is out of the standard value.
C

Incorrect adjustment of CVT fluid level

Secondary speed sensor (P2765)

(P099B, P099C, P2858, P285A)

(P0998, P0999, P2857, P2859)


Primary speed sensor (P0715)

Output speed sensor (P0720)


TM
Symptom

Low brake solenoid valve


Overdrive control switch

(P0740, P0743, P0744)


Lock-up solenoid valve
Engine system E

Control cable
F

TCM
TM-253

TM-153

TM-154

TM-240

TM-127
EC-130

TM-115
G

Shock at start is large in “D”,


“L”, or “R” position.
1 2 1 1 H

Shock is large when the aux-


iliary gearbox is shifted from 2 1 2 2 2 1 1
1GR → 2GR. I
Shock in lockup is large dur-
ing driving in “D” or “L” posi- 1 1
tion. J
Shock vi- Shock is large when the lever
bration is shifted from “N” → “D” and 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Noise “N” → “R” positions.
K
Shock is large when the lever
is shifted from “D” → “L” posi-
tion.
L
Vibration occurs in “D”, “L”, or
1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
“R” position during driving.
Noise occurs during driving. 1
M
Noise occurs in idling. 1 1
Starter operates in “D”, “L”, or
1 1 1
“R” position.
N
Starter does not operate in
1 1 1
“P” or “N” position.
Engine stall occurs in “D”, “L”, O
1 1 1 1
or “R” position during stop.

Other Engine stall occurs in “P” or


1 1 1 1
“N” position during stop.
P
Parking lock does not oper-
1 1
ate in “P” position.
Parking lock cannot be can-
celled when the selector le-
1 1
ver is shifted from “P” position
to other position.

Revision: December 2015 TM-251 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Symptom diagnosis chart 2-2
Replace the control valve or transaxle assembly.
Oil pres-
sure con- Power transmission
trol

Final gear, differential gear


Valve body, control valve

Parking mechanism
Torque converter
Symptom

Pulley, steel belt

Reduction gear
Reverse brake

Planetary gear
Counter gear
High clutch
Low brake
Oil pump

Bearings
TM-272

TM-292
1
Shock at start is large in “D”, 1
1 1 (In “D” or 2 2 2 2
“L”, or “R” position. (In “R”)
“L”)
Shock is large when the auxil-
iary gearbox is shifted from 1 1 1
1GR → 2GR.
Shock in lockup is large dur-
ing driving in “D” or “L” posi- 1 1
tion.
Shock vi- Shock is large when the lever 1 1
bration is shifted from “N” → “D” and 1 (“N” → (“N” →
Noise “N” → “R” positions. “D”) “D”)
Shock is large when the lever
is shifted from “D” → “L” posi- 1 1 1
tion.
1 1
Vibration occurs in “D”, “L”, or 1
1 1 1 1 (In “D” or (In “D” or 1 1 1 1 1
“R” position during driving. (In “R”)
“L”) “L”)
Noise occurs during driving. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Noise occurs in idling. 1 1 1 1 1 1
Starter operates in “D”, “L”, or
“R” position.
Starter does not operate in “P”
or “N” position.
Engine stall occurs in “D”, “L”,
1 1
or “R” position during stop.

Other Engine stall occurs in “P” or


“N” position during stop.
Parking lock does not operate
1
in “P” position.
Parking lock cannot be can-
celled when the selector lever
1
is shifted from “P” position to
other position.

Revision: December 2015 TM-252 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [CVT: RE0F11A]

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
CVT FLUID
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787610
B

FLUID LEAKAGE
• Check transaxle surrounding area (oil seal and plug etc.) for fluid C
leakage.
• If anything is found, repair or replace damaged parts and adjust
CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-254, "Adjustment".
TM

SMA146B
F
Replacement INFOID:0000000012787611

G
CVT fluid : Refer to TM-297, "General Specification".
Fluid capacity : Refer to TM-297, "General Specification".
H
CAUTION:
• Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN
CVT Fluid NS-3 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the (NISSAN new vehicle limited) war-
ranty. I
• Always use shop paper. Never use shop cloth.
• Replace a drain plug gasket with new ones at the final stage of the operation when installing.
• Use caution when looking into the drain hole as there is a risk of dripping fluid entering the eye. J
• After replacement, always perform CVT fluid leakage check.
1. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION” using CONSULT.
2. Select “FLUID TEMP” and confirm that the CVT fluid temperature is 40°C (104°F) or less. K
3. Check that the selector lever is in the “P” position, then completely engage the parking brake.
4. Lift up the vehicle.
5. Remove the drain plug and overflow tube and drain the CVT fluid from the oil pan. TM-272, "Exploded L
View".
6. Install the charging pipe set (KV311039S0) (A) into the drain
hole. M
CAUTION:
Tighten the charging pipe by hand.
7. Install the ATF changer hose (B) to the charging pipe. N
CAUTION:
Press the ATF changer hose all the way onto the charging
pipe until it stops.
8. Fill approximately 3 liter (3-1/8 US qt, 2-5/8 lmp qt) of the CVT O
fluid.
9. Remove the ATF changer hose and charging pipe, then install JSDIA1876ZZ

the drain plug. P


NOTE:
Perform this work quickly because CVT fluid leaks.
10. Lift down the vehicle.
11. Start the engine.
12. While depressing the brake pedal, shift the selector lever to the entire position from “P” to “L”, and shift it
to the “P” position.

Revision: December 2015 TM-253 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [CVT: RE0F11A]
NOTE:
Hold the lever at each position for 5 seconds.
13. Check that the CONSULT “Data monitor” in “FLUID TEMP” is 35°C (95°F) to 45°C (113°F).
14. Stop the engine.
15. Lift up the vehicle.
16. Remove the drain plug, and then drain CVT fluid from oil pan.
17. Repeat steps 6 to 16 (one time).
18. Install the overflow tube. Refer to TM-272, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Be sure to tighten to the specified torque. If it is not tightened to the specified torque, the tube may
be damaged.
19. Install the charging pipe set (KV311039S0) (A) into the drain
hole.
CAUTION:
Tighten the charging pipe by hand.
20. Install the ATF changer hose (B) to the charging pipe.
CAUTION:
Press the ATF changer hose all the way onto the charging
pipe until it stops.
21. Fill approximately 3 liter (3-1/8 US qt, 2-5/8 lmp qt) of the CVT
fluid.
22. Remove the ATF changer hose and charging pipe, then install JSDIA1876ZZ

the drain plug.


NOTE:
Perform this work quickly because CVT fluid leaks.
23. Lift down the vehicle.
24. Start the engine.
25. While depressing the brake pedal, shift the selector lever to the entire position from “P” to “L”, and shift it
to the “P” position.
NOTE:
Hold the lever at each position for 5 seconds.
26. Check that the CONSULT “Data monitor” in “FLUID TEMP” is 35°C (95°F) to 45°C (113°F).
27. Lift up the vehicle.
28. Remove the drain plug and confirm that the CVT fluid is drained from the overflow tube.
CAUTION:
Perform this work with the vehicle idling.
NOTE:
If the CVT fluid is not drained, refer to “Adjustment” and refill with the CVT fluid.
29. When the flow of CVT fluid slows to a drip, tighten the drain plug to the specified torque. TM-272,
"Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Never reuse drain plug gasket.
30. Lift down the vehicle.
31. Select “Work Support” in “TRANSMISSION” using CONSULT.
32. Select “CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN”.
33. Touch “Erase”.
34. Stop the engine.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787612

CVT fluid : Refer to TM-297, "General Specification".


Fluid capacity : Refer to TM-297, "General Specification".
CAUTION:

Revision: December 2015 TM-254 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN
CVT Fluid NS-3 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the (NISSAN new vehicle limited) war- A
ranty.
• During adjustment of the CVT fluid level, check CONSULT so that the oil temperature may be main-
tained from 35 to 45°C (95 to 113°F).
B
• Use caution when looking into the drain hole as there is a risk of dripping fluid entering the eye.
1. Check that the selector lever is in the “P” position, then completely engage the parking brake.
2. Start the engine.
C
3. Adjust the CVT fluid temperature to be approximately 40°C (104°F).
NOTE:
The CVT fluid is largely affected by temperature. Therefore be sure to use CONSULT and check the
“FLUID TEMP” under “TRANSMISSION” in “Data Monitor” while adjusting. TM
4. While depressing the brake pedal, shift the selector lever to the entire position from “P” to “L”, and shift it
to the “P” position.
NOTE: E
Hold the lever at each position for 5 seconds.
5. Lift up the vehicle.
6. Check that there is no CVT fluid leakage. F
7. Remove the drain plug. Refer to TM-272, "Exploded View".

8. Install the charging pipe set (KV311039S0) (A) into the drain G
plug hole.
CAUTION:
Tighten the charging pipe by hand. H
9. Install the ATF changer hose (B) to the charging pipe.
CAUTION:
Press the ATF changer hose all the way onto the charging
pipe until it stops. I
10. Fill approximately 0.5 liter (1/2 US qt, 1/2 lmp qt) of the CVT
fluid.
11. Remove the ATF changer hose from the charging pipe, and JSDIA1876ZZ J
check that the CVT fluid drains out from the charging pipe. If it
does not drain out, perform charging again.
CAUTION: K
Perform this work with the vehicle idling.
12. When the flow of CVT fluid slows to a drip, remove the charging pipe from the oil pan.
13. Tighten the drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-272, "Exploded View". L
CAUTION:
Never reuse drain plug gasket.
14. Lift down the vehicle. M
15. Stop the engine.

Revision: December 2015 TM-255 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787613

ALDIA0404ZZ

1. Shift selector knob 2. Lock pin 3. Knob cover


4. Position indication panel 5. Detent switch 6. Shift lock unit
7. Park position switch 8. Shift selector assembly 9. Shift selector harness assembly
10. Position bulb 11. Key interlock rod A. With push-button ignition switch
system
B. Without push-button ignition switch
system

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787614

REMOVAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Move the shift selector to “N” position.
3. Remove shift selector knob with the following procedure.
a. Slide the knob cover (1) down.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the knob cover.
b. Pull out the lock pin (2).
c. Pull the shift selector knob (3) and knob cover upwards to
remove them.
4. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-17, "Removal and
Installation".
5. Remove rear floor duct (LH/RH). Refer to VTL-6, "Exploded
View". JSDIA3654ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-256 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
6. Move the shift selector to “P” position.
7. Remove the key interlock cable from the shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-263, "Removal and Installa- A
tion". (Without push-button ignition switch)
8. Remove the control cable from the shift selector assembly with the following procedure.
a. Disconnect the tip (A) of control cable from the shift selector B
assembly.
b. Remove socket (B) from shift selector assembly.
9. Remove harness clips from the shift selector with a clip remover. C
10. Remove shift selector nuts.
11. Remove the shift selector assembly from the vehicle.
TM

JSDIA3655ZZ
E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
F
NOTE:
Pay attention to the following when connecting the control cable to the shift selector assembly.
1. When connecting the control cable (1) to the shift selector
assembly (2), face the grooved surface of the rib (A) up and G
insert the control cable until it stops.

JSDIA1624ZZ
J
2.
Install the socket (A) onto the shift selector assembly.
CAUTION: K
• Place the socket onto the shift selector assembly, then
fasten it in place from above.
• Check that the pulling on the socket does not disconnect
L
it.

JSDIA1810ZZ

N
3. Follow the procedure below and place the shift selector knob onto the shift selector.
a. Install the lock pin (2) onto the shift selector knob (3).
b. Move the shift selector to “N” position. O
c. Insert the shift selector knob into the shift selector until a slight
touch is felt.
d. Press and hold the shift selector knob button and insert shift P
selector knob onto shift selector until it clicks.
CAUTION:
Do not strike the shift selector knob to press it into place.
e. After installing shift selector knob, pull the knob to check that it
does not become disconnected. JSDIA3654ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-257 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Inspection INFOID:0000000012787615

INSPECTION
Check the CVT position. If a malfunction is found, adjust the CVT position. Refer to TM-154, "Inspection".

Revision: December 2015 TM-258 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CONTROL CABLE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787616

TM

G
JSDIA1873GB

1. Control cable 2. Lock plate 3. Transaxle assembly


4. Bracket A 5. Bracket B 6. CVT shift selector assembly
H
A. Manual lever B. Grommet

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787617 I

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: J
Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation.
1. Apply the parking brake.
CAUTION: K
Make sure the vehicle cannot move with the parking brake applied.
2. Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-17, "Removal and Installation".
3. Move the shift selector to “P” position. L
4. Remove the control cable from the shift selector assembly with the following procedure.
a. Disconnect the tip (A) of control cable from the shift selector
assembly. M
b. Remove socket (B) from shift selector assembly.

JSDIA3655ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-259 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
5. Disengage the pawls (B) of the grommet (A), and pull down-
wards to remove.
6. Remove the battery. Refer to PG-74, "Removal and Installation
(Battery)".

JSDIA1809ZZ

7. Remove the control cable installation nut (A) from the manual
lever (B).

JSDIA1875ZZ

8. Remove the lock plate (1).

JSDIA1812ZZ

9. Remove the tunnel stay (1).

: Front

JSDIA3657ZZ

10. Remove the exhaust front tube and sub muffler from the exhaust system. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and
Installation".

Revision: December 2015 TM-260 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
11. Remove the heat plate fixtures (A).
A
: Front

JSDIA3658ZZ

TM
12. Remove the control cable (1) from the bracket (2).

: Front E
13. Remove the control cable from the vehicle.

G
JSDIA3660ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. H
• From below the vehicle, press the grommet (A) into place until the
pawls (B) make a click sound.
CAUTION:
I
• Place the grommet on the floor, then fasten it in place from
below the vehicle.
• Check that pulling down on the grommet does not discon-
nect it. J

K
JSDIA1809ZZ

• Pay attention to the following when connecting the control cable to the shift selector. L
1. When connecting the control cable (1) to the shift selector
assembly (2), face the grooved surface of the rib (A) up and
insert the control cable until it stops. M

O
JSDIA1624ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-261 2016 Sentra NAM


CONTROL CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
2. Install the socket (A) onto the shift selector.
CAUTION:
• Place the socket onto the shift selector, then fasten it in
place from above.
• Check that the pulling on the socket does not disconnect
it.

JSDIA1810ZZ

Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787618

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT


Check the CVT position. If a malfunction is found, adjust the CVT position. Refer to TM-154, "Inspection"
(Inspection) or TM-154, "Adjustment" (Adjustment).

Revision: December 2015 TM-262 2016 Sentra NAM


KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787619

TM

I
JSDIA3613ZZ

1. Shift selector assembly 2. Clip 3. Key interlock cable J


4. Clip 5. Steering lock unit

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787620


K

REMOVAL
CAUTION:
L
Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation.
1. Remove the steering column cover, and the instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-16, "Removal and
Installation".
M
2. Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Disassembly and Assembly".
3. Press the pawls (B) of the key interlock cable slider (A) while
sliding it in the direction of the casing cap (C), and separate the
adjusting holder (D) and slider. N

(E) :Key interlock rod


O
4. Remove the key interlock cable from the shift selector.

JSDIA1797ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-263 2016 Sentra NAM


KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
5. Lift the clip (A) in the direction of the arrow ( [C]) and remove
in the direction of the arrow ( [D]).

(1) : Key interlock cable


(B) : Steering lock unit
6. Remove the key interlock cable from the steering lock unit.
7. Disengage the clip and disconnect the key interlock cable from
the vehicle.

JSDIA1798ZZ

INSTALLATION
1. Move the shift selector to P position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON position.
3. Install the holder of key interlock cable to steering lock unit.
4. Install the clip (A) in the direction of the arrow ( [C]) and push it
in the direction of the arrow ( [D]).

(1) : Key interlock cable


(B) : Steering lock unit
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position.

JSDIA3589ZZ

6. Install the adjusting holder (A) onto the key interlock rod (B),
then install the casing cap (C) onto the shift selector cable
bracket (D).
CAUTION:
• When installing the key interlock cable, never bend or
twist the cable forcefully.
• After connecting the key interlock cable to the shift selec-
tor cable bracket, be sure to check that the casing cap is
completely fastened to the cable bracket. If the casing cap
is easily displaced, replace the key interlock cable.
JSDIA1799ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-264 2016 Sentra NAM


KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
7. While pressing the detent rod (B) down, slide the key interlock
cable slider (A) toward the key interlock rod (D) side and install A
the adjusting holder (C) and key interlock rod.
CAUTION:
• Do not squeeze the pawls on the key interlock cable slider
B
when holding the slider.
• Do not apply force in a perpendicular direction to the key
interlock rod when sliding the slider.
8. Install the center console assembly. Refer to IP-23, "Disassem- C
bly and Assembly".
9. Install the steering column cover, and the instrument lower panel
LH. Refer to IP-16, "Removal and Installation". TM

G
JSDIA1800ZZ

Inspection INFOID:0000000012787621

H
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Check the CVT position. If a malfunction is found, adjust the CVT position. Refer to TM-154, "Adjustment".
• The key can be removed only when the shift selector is in the “P” position. (With key interlock) I
• It must not be possible to turn the ignition switch to LOCK when the selector lever is not in the “P” position.
(With key interlock)
J

Revision: December 2015 TM-265 2016 Sentra NAM


TCM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
TCM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787622

JSDIA1776GB

1. Bracket 2. TCM Front

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787623

CAUTION:
• When replacing TCM, note the “CVTF DETERIORATION DATE” value displayed on CONSULT “CON-
FORM CVTF DETERIORATION” in MAINTENANCE BOOKLET, before start the operation.
• Do not impact the TCM when removing or installing TCM.
• Before replacing TCM, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN TCM". Refer to TM-143, "Description".
• Before replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN
REPLACING TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY". Refer to TM-145, "Description".
NOTE:
When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then replace
TCM. Refer to TM-143, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove the battery. Refer to PG-74, "Removal and Installation (Battery)".
2. Remove the air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
4. Remove the TCM.
5. Remove the bracket.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787624

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


When replaced the TCM, perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM”. Refer to TM-143,
"Description".

Revision: December 2015 TM-266 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000013480162

TM

G
JSDIA6561GB

1. Lock washer 2. Manual lever 3. Transmission range switch


4. Transaxle assembly 5. Manual shaft
H
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
I
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000013480163


J

REMOVE
K
1. Shift the selector lever to P position.
2. Remove battery and battery tray. Refer to PG-74, "Removal and Installation (Battery)".
3. Remove the control cable nut (A) from the manual lever (B). L
4. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.

JSDIA1875ZZ
O

Revision: December 2015 TM-267 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
5. Remove manual lever nut (A), manual lever (1), and lock washer
(2) from manual shaft.

JSDIA6562ZZ

6. Remove transmission range switch bolts (A) and remove trans-


mission range switch (1) from transaxle assembly.

JSDIA6052ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the followings and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Install transmission range switch to transaxle assembly according to the following procedures.
1. Install transmission range switch (1) to transaxle assembly and
temporarily tightening transmission range switch bolts (A).

JSDIA6052ZZ

2. Install manual lever (1) to manual shaft.


3. Move manual lever to “N” position.
4. Remove manual lever from manual shaft.

JSDIA6053ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-268 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
5. Assemble the Tool as shown.
A
Tool : KV381099S0 ( — )

(1) : Base plate B


(2) : Pin “1”
(A) : Pin attachment hole “A”
C
Pin diameter (B) : 5 mm (0.20 in) dia.
JSDIA6054ZZ

TM
6. Set the Tool (A) to manual shaft and insert the pin (B) to hole (C)
of transmission range switch.
E
Tool : KV381099S0 ( — )

G
JSDIA6055ZZ

7. Tighten transmission range switch bolts (A) to the specification. H


8. Remove the Tool.

Tool : KV381099S0 ( — )
I

JSDIA6056ZZ K

9. Install manual lever (1) and lock washer (2) to manual shaft and
tighten manual lever nut (A) to the specification. L

JSDIA6562ZZ

Inspection INFOID:0000000013480164
O

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check the CVT position. If a malfunction is found, adjust the CVT position. Refer to TM-154, "Inspection". P

Revision: December 2015 TM-269 2016 Sentra NAM


AIR BREATHER HOSE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
AIR BREATHER HOSE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787625

JSDIA3584ZZ

Harness bracket Clip Air breather hose


. .
: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly.

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787626

REMOVAL
1. Remove clips from harness bracket.
2. Remove air breather hose from transaxle assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not bend the air breather hose to prevent damage to the hose.
• Do not reuse clips.
• Securely install the clips to the harness bracket.
• Be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the stop when
inserting air breather hose (1) to transaxle tube (A).
• Install air breather hose to transaxle tube so that the paint
mark (B) is facing frontward.

JSDIA1887ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-270 2016 Sentra NAM


G SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
G SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787627

TM

JSDIA3672GB

G sensor Bracket G
: Vehicle front
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) H
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

I
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787628

WARNING:
Do not leave any objects (screwdrivers, tools, etc.) on the seat during seat repair. It can lead to per- J
sonal injury if the side air bag module should accidentally deploy.
CAUTION:
• Do not drop or strike G sensor, because it has little tolerance for impact. K
• Do not use a power tool and avoid impact.
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. Refer to PG-74, L
"Removal and Installation (Battery)".
2. Remove driver seat. Refer to SE-31, "DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation - Seat Assembly".
3. Remove center pillar lower garnish (left side) and dash side finisher (left side). Refer to INT-27, "CENTER M
PILLAR LOWER FINISHER : Removal and Installation" (center pillar lower garnish) and INT-26, "DASH
SIDE FINISHER : Removal and Installation" (dash side finisher).
4. Pull up floor carpet. Refer to INT-35, "Removal and Installation". N
5. Disconnect G sensor harness connector.
6. Remove G sensor.
O
7. Remove bracket.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. P
Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787629

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


Perform “CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR”. Refer to TM-151, "Description".

Revision: December 2015 TM-271 2016 Sentra NAM


OIL PAN, CONTROL VALVE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
OIL PAN, CONTROL VALVE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787630

JSDIA6707GB

1. Transaxle assembly 2. O-ring 3. Control valve


4. Manual plate 5. Washer 6. O-ring
7. Strainer 8. Oil pan gasket 9. Magnet
10. Oil pan 11. Drain plug gasket 12. Drain plug
13. Overflow tube
: Apply petroleum jelly
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: Apply CVT fluid

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787631

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect battery negative terminal.

Revision: December 2015 TM-272 2016 Sentra NAM


OIL PAN, CONTROL VALVE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
2. Disconnect the CVT unit harness connector.
3. Remove the drain plug and overflow tube, and then drain the CVT fluid. A
CAUTION:
Use caution when looking into the drain hole as there is the risk of fluid entering the eye.
4. Remove the drain plug gasket from the drain plug. B
5. Remove the oil pan mounting bolts ( ), and then remove the oil
pan and oil pan gasket.
C
:Vehicle front

6. Remove the magnets from the oil pan. TM

E
JSDIA1874ZZ

7. Remove the strainer bolts , and then remove the strainer F


from the control valve.

JSDIA6594ZZ I

8. Remove the nut and washer , and then remove manual


plate . J
CAUTION:
To remove nut, fix manual plate with flat-blade screwdriver
(B).
9. Press the CVT unit harness connector into the transaxle case. K
CAUTION:
Never damage the CVT unit harness connector.
NOTE: L
Clean around the CVT unit harness connector to prevent foreign
materials from entering into the transaxle case. JSDIA6595ZZ

M
10. Remove the control valve bolts , and then remove the control
valve from the transaxle case.
CAUTION:
• Never drop the control valve and manual valve. N

P
JSDIA6598ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-273 2016 Sentra NAM


OIL PAN, CONTROL VALVE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• To remove bolt of the oil temperature sensor bracket and
the control valve, fix bracket with flat-blade screw-
driver.
11. Remove the O-ring to the CVT unit harness connector.

JSDIA6596ZZ

INSTALLATION
1. Install the O-ring to the CVT unit harness connector.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse O-ring.
• Apply CVT fluid to the O-ring
• Never pinch the harness , between the control valve and
the CVT unit harness connector bracket .
• Never twist the harness.
• Never slack the harness.

JSDIA6599ZZ

2. Install the control valve, and than tighten control valve bolts to
the specitoed torque.
CAUTION:
• Never pinch the harness between the control valve and
the transaxle case.
• Never drop the control valve and manual valve.

JSDIA6598ZZ

3. Install the manual plate and washer , and then tighten nut
to the specitied torque.
CAUTION:
To tighten nut, fix manual plate with flat-blade screwdriver.

JSDIA6597ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-274 2016 Sentra NAM


OIL PAN, CONTROL VALVE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
4. Install the strainer , and then tighten the strainer bolts to the
specitied torque. A

JSDIA6594ZZ

TM
5. Install oil pan (with oil pan gasket) to transaxle case and tempo-
rarily tighten oil pan bolts ( ).
CAUTION: E
Never reuse oil pan gasket.

: Vehicle front
F

G
JSDIA1874ZZ

6. Tighten the oil pan bolts to specification in the order shown.


H
: Vehicle front

7. Tighten the overflow tube to the specitied torque. I


CAUTION:
If it is not tightened to the specified torque, the tube may be
damaged.
J
8. Connect the CVT unit harness connector.
9. Connect battery negative terminal.
10. Fill with CVT fluid from overflow tube to the specified level. Refer JSDIA1884ZZ
K
to TM-253, "Replacement".
11. Install the drain plug and drain plug gasket to oil pan.
CAUTION:
L
Never reuse drain plug gasket.
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787632

M
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Check oil pan for foreign material.
• If a large amount of worn material is found, clutch plate may be worn. N
• If iron powder is found, bearings, gears, or clutch plates may be worn.
• If aluminum powder is found, bushing may be worn, or chips or burrs of aluminum casting parts may enter.
Check points where wear is found in all cases.
O
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
Erase the CVT fluid deterioration data.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION P
• When replacing control valve, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL VALVE OR
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY". Refer to TM-148, "Description".
• Check the CVT fluid level, condition and leakage.

Revision: December 2015 TM-275 2016 Sentra NAM


PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787633

JSDIA1880GB

Transaxle assembly O-ring Primary speed sensor


: Always replace after every disassembly.
: N m (kg-m, in-lb)

: Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787634

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the primary speed sensor connector.
2. Remove the primary speed sensor.
3. Remove the O-ring from the primary speed sensor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 to the O-ring.
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787635

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of CVT fluid.
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
Adjust CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-254, "Adjustment".

Revision: December 2015 TM-276 2016 Sentra NAM


SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787636

TM

G
JSDIA1881GB

Transaxle assembly O-ring Secondary speed sensor


H
: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) I
: Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

J
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787637

REMOVAL
K
1. Disconnect the secondary speed sensor connector.
2. Remove the secondary speed sensor.
3. Remove the O-ring from the secondary speed sensor. L
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: M
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 to the O-ring.
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787638
N

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of CVT fluid. O

ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION


Adjust CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-254, "Adjustment". P

Revision: December 2015 TM-277 2016 Sentra NAM


OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787639

JSDIA1882GB

Transaxle assembly Output speed sensor O-ring


: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

: Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787640

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the output speed sensor harness connector.
2. Remove the output speed sensor.
3. Remove the O-ring from the output speed sensor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 to the O-ring.
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787641

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of CVT fluid.
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
Check CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-254, "Adjustment".

Revision: December 2015 TM-278 2016 Sentra NAM


DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787642

TM

JSDIA1888ZZ

Transaxle assembly Differential side oil seal (left side) Differential side oil seal (right side) G
: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly. H
: Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787643 I

REMOVAL
NOTE: J
When removing components such as hoses, tubes/lines, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid from spill-
ing.
1. Remove the front drive shaft (RH/LH). Refer to FAX-21, "6M/T : Removal and Installation (RH)"(RH), FAX- K
18, "6M/T : Removal and Installation (LH)"(LH) and FAX-26, "EXCEPT 6M/T : Removal and Installation"
(Except 6M/T).
2. Remove differential side oil seals (1) using an oil seal remover L
(commercial service tool) (A).
CAUTION:
When removing the differential side oil seal, be careful not
to scratch the oil seal mounting surfaces of the transaxle M
case and converter housing.

JPDIA0118ZZ O
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: P
When inserting the drive shaft, be sure to use protector (SST: KV38107900).

Revision: December 2015 TM-279 2016 Sentra NAM


DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
1. Measure height (A) of seal lip. Calculate protrusion (C) of seal
lip according to measured height (A) of seal lip and reference
value (B) of side oil seal insertion.

(1) : Differential side oil seal


(2) : Converter housing or transaxle case

Lip protrusion (C) : C=A–B


Differential side oil seal insertion : 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
reference value (B) JSDIA4816ZZ

CAUTION:
• Do not reuse differential side oil seal.
• Put a mark on the measurement area and measure height of seal lip at four points diagonally
using suitable tool.
NOTICE:
Since seal lips have a tolerance of ± 0.3 mm (± 0.012 in) at maximum due to manufacturing tolerances or
packing conditions, it is necessary to measure the seal lip height beforehand to clarify the tolerance.
2. As an indicator of the parallelism and insertion depth, cut a
masking tape (1) to specified width [add 1 mm (0.04 in) to the
value calculated from the tip of differential side oil seal lip] and
affix to the differential side oil seal.
3. Install the differential side oil seal using a drift [outer diameter:
53 mm (2.09 in), inner diameter: 50 mm (1.97 in)] according to
the guide of the masking tape (1).
CAUTION:
• If differential side oil seal is inserted deeper than the ref-
erence value, use a new differential side oil seal and per-
form the steps again. JSDIA4817ZZ
• Apply ATF to the differential side oil seal lip and around
the oil seal.
NOTE:
A hub cap (Part No. 43234 1HA0A) can be used as substitute for drift. To use a hub cap, be sure to pre-
pare a new one specifically for patting seal.
4. Remove masking tape.
5. Adjust as instructed below to optimize the protrusion size and parallelism.
CAUTION:
If differential side oil seal is inserted deeper than the reference value, use a new differential side
oil seal and perform the steps again.
• Protrusion size (A)
CAUTION:
Protrusion must fall within ± 0.5mm (0.020 in) of calculated
size.

JSDIA4815ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-280 2016 Sentra NAM


DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• Parallelism at four diagonal points ( )
CAUTION: A
The difference among four diagonal points must be within 0.3
mm (0.012 in).
NOTE: B
If differential side oil seal is uneven while installing, tilt suitable tool.
6. Check that the protrusion size and parallelism are adequate.
C

JSDIA4814ZZ

TM
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787644

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION E


Check for CVT fluid leakage. Refer to TM-253, "Inspection".
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
Adjust CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-254, "Adjustment". F

Revision: December 2015 TM-281 2016 Sentra NAM


WATER HOSE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
WATER HOSE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787645

JSDIA3578GB

Water outlet Heater thermostat assembly Hose clamp


CVT oil warmer Water hose
To thermostat housing To engine oil cooler
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787646

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high-pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a
quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing it down and
turning it all the way.
CAUTION:
Perform these steps after the coolant temperature has cooled sufficiently.
NOTE:
When removing components such as hoses, tubes/lines, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid from spill-
ing.
1. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EXT-31, "ENGINE UNDER COVER : Removal and Installation".
2. Drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-13, "Changing Engine Coolant".
3. Remove water hose and heater thermostat assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Refer to the following when installing water hoses.

Revision: December 2015 TM-282 2016 Sentra NAM


WATER HOSE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

Water hose (1) Installation side tube (2) Direction of paint mark Hose insertion depth (L) A
Heater thermostat assembly CVT oil warmer Frontward (A): 27 mm (1.06 in) (Hose end reaches
CVT oil warmer Frontward the 2-stage bulge.)
Water hose (B): 27 mm (1.06 in) (Hose end reaches
B
Water outlet Frontward
the end of water outlet tube.)

TM

JSDIA3579ZZ

• Refer to the followings when installing hose clamp. F


CAUTION:
• Do not reuse hose clamp.
• Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of fluid cooler tube.
G
Hose clamp (3)
Water hose (1) Installation side tube (2)
Direction of tab Clamping position
H
(B): Align with the end of
Heater thermostat assembly CVT oil warmer Frontward
paint mark (C)
CVT oil warmer Frontward (A): 5 – 7 mm (0.20 –
Water hose 0.28 in) (L) from hose I
Water outlet Frontward end

JSDIA2499ZZ

Inspection INFOID:0000000012787647 M

INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL


N
Heater Thermostat
1. Fully immerse the heater thermostat in a container (A) filled
with water. Continue heating the water while stirring.
2. Continue heating the heater thermostat for 5 minutes or more O
after bringing the water to a boil.

JSDIA3661ZZ

3. Quickly take the heater thermostat out of the hot water, measure the heater thermostat within 10 seconds.

Revision: December 2015 TM-283 2016 Sentra NAM


WATER HOSE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
- Place dial indicator (A) on the pellet and measure the elonga-
tion from the initial state.

Standard : Refer to TM-298, "Heater Thermostat".


4. If out of standard, replace heater thermostat.

JSDIA3662ZZ

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Start the engine, and check the joints for coolant leakage.

Revision: December 2015 TM-284 2016 Sentra NAM


PLUG
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
PLUG
A
Description INFOID:0000000012787648

Replace the O-ring if oil leakage or exudes from the plug. B


Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787649

TM

JSDIA1889GB

Plug O-ring O-ring


L

Plug
: Always replace after every disassembly.
M
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)


N
: Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787650


O
NOTE:
Replace the O-rings if oil leaks or exudes from the plugs.
P
REMOVAL
Remove the plugs and O-rings.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 to O-ring.
Revision: December 2015 TM-285 2016 Sentra NAM
PLUG
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787651

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of CVT fluid.
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
AdjustCVT fluid level. Refer to TM-254, "Adjustment".

Revision: December 2015 TM-286 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT OIL WARMER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CVT OIL WARMER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787652

TM

G
JSDIA5050GB

1. Transaxle assembly 2. O-ring 3. CVT oil warmer


H
CVT fluid

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787653


I
REMOVAL
WARNING: J
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter turn to
allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by turning it all the way.
CAUTION: K
Perform these steps after the coolant temperature has cooled sufficiently.
1. Remove neighboring parts of CVT fluid warmer.
2. Remove CVT fluid warmer. L
3. Remove O-ring.
INSTALLATION M
Note the followings and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring. N

Inspection INFOID:0000000012787654
O
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of engine coolant and CVT fluid.
• Check CVT fluid level. P

Revision: December 2015 TM-287 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT FLUID FILTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
CVT FLUID FILTER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787655

JSDIA5046GB

1. Transaxle assembly 2. CVT fluid filter 3. Fluid filter cover


CVT fluid

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787656

REMOVAL
1. Remove neighboring parts of CVT fluid filter.
2. Remove fluid filter cover mounting bolt (A).

JSDIA5047ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-288 2016 Sentra NAM


CVT FLUID FILTER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
3. Remove fluid filter cover (1) from transaxle by rotating leftward.
A

JSDIA5048ZZ

TM
4. Remove CVT fluid filter (1) from transaxle.

G
JSDIA5049ZZ

INSTALLATION
Note the followings and install in the reverse order of removal. H
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse fluid filter and fluid filter cover.
• Apply CVT fluid to fluid filter cover. I

Inspection INFOID:0000000012787657

J
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
• Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of engine coolant and CVT fluid.
• Check CVT fluid level. K

Revision: December 2015 TM-289 2016 Sentra NAM


ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787658

JSDIA5053GB

1. Transaxle assembly 2. Electric oil pump sub harness 3. O-ring


4. Electric oil pump and motor assembly CVT fluid

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787659

REMOVAL
1. Remove neighboring parts of electric oil pump.
2. Remove electric oil pump sub harness.
3. Remove electric oil pump and motor assembly mounting bolts
( ).
4. Remove electric oil pump and motor assembly.

JSDIA5051ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-290 2016 Sentra NAM


ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
5. Remove O-ring (1).
A

JSDIA5052ZZ

TM
INSTALLATION
Note the followings and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring. E
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring.

Inspection INFOID:0000000012787660
F

INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION


• Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of engine coolant and CVT fluid. G
• Check CVT fluid level.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION H
Perform bleeding of electric oil pump with CONSULT.

Revision: December 2015 TM-291 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787661

JSDIA3665GB

Transaxle assembly O-ring CVT fluid charging pipe


CVT fluid charging pipe cap
Tightening must be done following the installation procedure. Refer to TM-292, "Removal and Installation".
: Always replace after every disassembly.
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)

: Apply petroleum jelly

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012787662

REMOVAL
WARNING:
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high-pressure
coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a
quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing it down and
turning it all the way.
CAUTION:
• Before replacing TCM, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN TCM". Refer to TM-143, "Description".
• Perform these steps after the coolant temperature has cooled sufficiently.

Revision: December 2015 TM-292 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• Before replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, perform "ADDITIONALSERVICE WHEN
REPLACING TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY". Refer to TM-145, "Work Procedure". A
NOTE:
• When removing components such as hoses, tubes/line, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid from spill-
ing.
B
• When replacing the TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace the transaxle assembly first and then
replace the TCM. Refer to TM-143, "Description".
1. Remove the engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-82, "M/T : Removal and Installation" (MT) or
EM-86, "CVT : Removal and Installation" (CVT). C
2. Disconnect the connectors and harnesses.
• For CVT unit harness connector, refer to TM-69, "Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Con-
nector". TM
• Transmission position switch harness connector
• Primary pulley speed sensor harness connector
• Secondary pulley speed sensor harness connector E
• Output speed sensor harness connector
• Ground
3. Rotate the crankshaft and remove the nuts that secure the drive plate to the torque converter from the sta-
tor motor mount. F
CAUTION:
Rotate crankshaft clockwise (as viewed from the front of the engine).
4. Remove the bolts (engine to transaxle) that fasten the transaxle G
assembly and engine assembly.

Bolt position (A) (B) H


Direction of insertion Transaxle to engine Engine to transaxle
Quantity 2 6
I
5. Remove transmission bracket.
6. Lift the transaxle from the front suspension member.

JSDIA3588ZZ
J

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. K
CAUTION:
• When replacing an engine or transaxle you must make sure any dowels are installed correctly during
re-assembly
• Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drive L
train components.
• Do not reuse O-rings or copper sealing washers.
• When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine. M
• When tightening the nuts for the torque converter while securing the crankshaft pulley bolt, be sure
to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley bolt. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
• After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns to check that CVT rotates N
freely without binding.
• When installing the CVT to the engine, align the matching mark on the drive plate with the matching
mark on the torque converter. O

NOTE:
Install the transaxle assembly and engine assembly mounting bolts according to the following standards. P

Revision: December 2015 TM-293 2016 Sentra NAM


TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F11A]

Bolt position (A) (B)


Direction of insertion Transaxle to engine Engine to transaxle
Quantity 2 6
Nominal length [mm (in)] 50 (1.97)
Tightening torque
62 (6.3, 46)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

JPDIA0117ZZ

Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000012787663

INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION


Check the dimension (A) between the converter housing and torque
converter.

B : Scale
C : Straightedge

Dimension (A) : TM-298, "Torque Converter"

JSDIA1840ZZ

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


Check the following items:
• CVT fluid leakage. Refer to TM-253, "Inspection"
• For CVT position, refer to TM-154, "Inspection".
• Start the engine and check for coolant leakage from the parts which are removed and reinstalled.
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION
• Adjust the CVT fluid level. TM-254, "Adjustment".
• Perform “ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY”. Refer to TM-145, "Descrip-
tion".

Revision: December 2015 TM-294 2016 Sentra NAM


TORQUE CONVERTER AND CONVERTER HOUSING OIL SEAL
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [CVT: RE0F11A]

UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY A


TORQUE CONVERTER AND CONVERTER HOUSING OIL SEAL
Exploded View INFOID:0000000012787664
B

TM

JSDIA3623ZZ
H
Transaxle assembly Torque converter Converter housing oil seal
: Apply CVT Fluid
I

Disassembly INFOID:0000000012787665

J
1. Remove transaxle assembly.
2. Remove torque converter.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the bushing on the inside of torque converter sleeve when removing torque con- K
verter.
3. Remove converter housing oil seal using a suitable tool.
CAUTION: L
Be careful not to scratch converter housing.
Assembly INFOID:0000000012787666
M
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse converter housing oil seal. N
• Apply CVT fluid to converter housing oil seal.
• Drive converter housing oil seal evenly using a drift so that con-
verter housing oil seal protrudes by the dimension (A) respectively.
O
Dimension (A) : 13 ± 0.5 mm (0.051 ± 0.02 in)
NOTE: P
Converter housing oil seal pulling direction is used as the refer-
ence.

JPDIA0839ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-295 2016 Sentra NAM


TORQUE CONVERTER AND CONVERTER HOUSING OIL SEAL
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [CVT: RE0F11A]
• Attach the pawl (A) of the torque converter to the drive sprocket
hole (B) on the transaxle assembly side.
CAUTION:
• Rotate the torque converter for installing torque converter.
• Do not damage the bushing inside the torque converter
sleeve when installing the converter housing oil seal.

SCIA7907J

Inspection INFOID:0000000012787667

INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION


• After inserting a torque converter to the CVT, check dimension (A)
with in the reference value limit.

B : Scale
C : Straightedge

Dimension (A) : Refer to TM-298, "Torque Converter".

JSDIA4115ZZ

Revision: December 2015 TM-296 2016 Sentra NAM


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [CVT: RE0F11A]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification INFOID:0000000012787668
B

Engine model MRA8DE


C
Drive type 2WD
Transaxle model RE0F11A
Stall torque ratio 1.91 : 1 TM
Forward 2.200 – 0.550
Pulley ratio
Reverse 2.200
E
1GR 1.821
Auxiliary gearbox gear ratio 2GR 1.000
Reverse 1.714 F
Counter gear 0.906
Final drive 3.882
Recommended fluid G
Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Fluid capacity liter

Shift Characteristics INFOID:0000000012787669


H

Unit: rpm
CVT input speed I
Throttle position Shift pattern
At 40 km/h (25 MPH) At 60 km/h (37 MPH)
“D” position (OD ON) 1,500 – 2,600 1,700 – 3,000
J
“D” position (OD OFF) 2,300 – 3,100 2,700 – 3,500
2/8
“L” position 3,000 – 3,800 3,500 – 4,300
ECO mode 1,500 – 2,300 1,700 – 2,500 K
“D” position (OD ON) 3,900 – 5,000 4,500 – 6,100
“D” position (OD OFF) 3,900 – 5,000 4,500 – 6,100
8/8 L
“L” position 3,900 – 5,000 4,500 – 6,100
ECO mode 3,900 – 4,700 4,500 – 5,300

NOTE: M
Lock-up is engaged at the vehicle speed of approximately 10 km/h (11 MPH) to 90 km/h (56 MPH).
Stall Speed INFOID:0000000012787670
N
Unit: rpm
Stall speed 2,690 – 3,200
O
Line Pressure INFOID:0000000012787671

Unit: MPa (kg/cm2, psi)


P
Shift selector position Engine speed Line pressure
“P” and “N” At idle 0.50 (5.1, 72.5)
At idle 0.50 (5.1, 72.5) – 1.38 (14.1, 200.1)
“R” and “D”
At stall 4.19 (42.7, 607.5) – 4.69 (47.8, 680.0)

Revision: December 2015 TM-297 2016 Sentra NAM


SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [CVT: RE0F11A]
Torque Converter INFOID:0000000012787672

Unit: mm (in)

Dimension between the converter housing and torque converter 14.4 (0.567)

Heater Thermostat INFOID:0000000012787673

Valve opening temperature 69 – 73°C (156 –163°F)


Maximum valve lift 5.0 mm/85°C (0.197 in/185°F)
Valve closing temperature 65°C (149°F)

Revision: December 2015 TM-298 2016 Sentra NAM

You might also like